9.2.43 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
Table of Contents
Table of Contents 1
About the 9.2 Release 5
Phased Release Strategy 5
Definitions 6
Software Release 9.2.43 7
Software Releases 9.2.31 - 9.2.43 7
Software Release 9.2.30 8
Software Release 9.2.23, 9.2.22, and 9.2.21 8
Software Release 9.2.20 8
Software Release 9.2.10 8
Software Release 9.2.01 8
Software Release 9.2.00 9
Clarifications 9
Special Installation/Upgrade Requirements 13
General/Upgrade Procedure 13
Adding NTM Trunk Limitation 17
Revision Interoperability Supported 17
Version Compatibility Notes 18
Control Card Requirements 18
Control Card Boot Firmware Requirements 19
Control Card Compatibility Requirements 19
Control Card Physical Card Upgrade Procedure 20
Obsoleted 20
Notes and Cautions 21
Additional Notes for Release 9.2.41 21
Additional Notes for Release 9.2 21
Limitations 23
Required Workarounds 28
Additional Documentation 29
Compatibility Notes 31
Compatibility Matrix 32
BPX 8600 Firmware Compatibility 32
IGX 8400 Firmware Compatibility 33
MGX 8220 Firmware Compatibility 34
MGX 8250 1.1.3x Firmware Compatibility 36
MGX 8850 1.1.3x Firmware Compatibility 36
BPX 8600 Hardware Compatibility 37
IGX 8400 Hardware Compatibility 39
Known Anomalies in Release 9.2.43 42
Anomalies Fixed in Release 9.2.43 49
Anomaly Status Change in Release 9.2.43 50
Known Anomalies in Previous Release 9.2.42 50
Anomalies Fixed in Previous Release 9.2.42 58
Known Anomalies in Previous Release 9.2.41 60
Anomalies Resolved in Release 9.2.41 74
Anomalies Resolved in Release 9.2.40 95
Known Anomalies from Previous Releases Closed in 9.2.40 106
Anomalies Fixed in Release 9.2.38 106
Anomalies Fixed in Release 9.2.37 108
Anomalies Fixed in Release 9.2.36 109
Anomalies Fixed in Release 9.2.35 109
Anomalies Fixed in Release 9.2.34 112
Anomalies Fixed in Release 9.2.33 113
Anomalies Fixed in Release 9.2.32 114
Anomalies Fixed in Release 9.2.31 115
Anomalies Fixed in Release 9.2.30 117
Anomalies Fixed in Release 9.2.23 119
Anomalies Fixed in Release 9.2.22 119
Anomalies Fixed in Release 9.2.21 119
Anomalies Fixed in Release 9.2.20 121
Anomalies Fixed in Release 9.2.10 122
Anomalies Fixed in Release 9.2.01 124
Additional Deliverables 126
SNMP MIB 126
Switch MIB changes of Release 9.2 126
Default Values 129
BPX 8600 Nodes 129
BNI-T3 133
BNI-E3 134
BXM-T3 135
BXM-OC12 136
BNI-155-OCS 137
BXM-E3 138
IGX 8400 Nodes 139
NTM-E1 144
NTM-T1 145
NTM-SR 145
UXM-E3 147
UXM-T1 148
UXM-E1/30 149
BTM-T3 150
BTM-E3 151
BTM-HSSI 152
UXM-T1 153
UXM-E1 154
Appendix A: BXM Firmware MFW Release Notes 156
About the Firmware MFW 156
Front Cards 156
Front Card for APS Compatibility 157
Back Cards 157
New Features supported in BXM Firmware MFW 158
New Features supported in BXM Firmware MFV 158
New Features supported in BXM Firmware MFU 158
New Features Supported in BXM Firmware MFT 158
New Features Supported in BXM Firmware MFR 158
New Features Supported in BXM Firmware MFP 158
New Features Supported in BXM Firmware MFN 158
New Features Supported in BXM Firmware MFM 158
New Features Supported in BXM Firmware MFK 159
New Features Supported in BXM Firmware MFJ 159
New Features Supported in BXM Firmware MFH 159
New Features Supported in BXM Firmware MFF 159
New Features Supported in BXM Firmware MFE 159
New Features Supported in BXM Firmware MFD 159
New Features Supported in BXM Firmware MFC 159
New Features Supported in BXM Firmware MFB 160
New Features Supported in BXM Firmware MFA 160
New Features Supported in BXM Firmware MEC 160
New Features Supported in BXM Firmware MEB 160
New Features Supported in BXM Firmware MEA 160
New Features Supported in BXM Firmware MDA 161
Special Installation/Upgrade Requirements 161
APS Issues 161
Channel Statistics Issues 162
Features Obsoleted 162
Notes, Cautions & Clarifications 162
Known Anomalies 164
Anomalies Fixed in MFW 166
Anomalies Fixed in MFV 168
Anomalies Fixed in MFU 171
Anomalies Fixed in MFT 174
Anomalies Fixed in MFR 175
Anomalies Fixed in MFP 176
Anomalies Fixed in MFN 180
Anomalies Fixed in MFM 185
Anomalies Fixed in MFL 187
Anomalies Fixed in MFK 188
Anomalies Fixed in MFJ 189
Anomalies Fixed in MFH 191
Anomalies Fixed in MFF 192
Anomalies Fixed in MFE 194
Anomalies Fixed in MFD 196
Anomalies Fixed in MFC 201
Anomalies Fixed in MFB 202
Anomalies Fixed in MFA 206
Anomalies Fixed in MEC 209
Logic to Calculate Actual Cell Transmission Rate in a BXM card (CSCdm94372): 212
Anomalies Fixed in MEB 213
Anomalies Fixed in MEA 213
Anomalies Fixed in MDA 215
Firmware Filenames and Sizes 215
Appendix B UXM ABL Firmware Release Notes 217
New Features 217
Obsolete Features 217
Compatibility 217
Anomalies Fixed in this Release 217
Upgrade Instructions 217
Notes and Cautions 218
Boot Code Requirements 218
Obtaining Documentation 218
World Wide Web 218
Documentation CD-ROM 218
Ordering Documentation 218
Documentation Feedback 219
Obtaining Technical Assistance 219
Cisco.com 219
Technical Assistance Center 219
Cisco TAC Web Site 220
Cisco TAC Escalation Center 220
About the 9.2 Release
The 9.2 software release supports the Cisco WAN switching products, BPX 8600 series, and IGX 8400 series. This release does not support the IPX switch.
Phased Release Strategy
The MSSBU rollout plans for the 9.2 release is based upon a series of incremental feature releases. This phased feature release strategy is designed to allow the earliest customer availability of key new features, consistent with maintaining high product quality. For the latest status of each 9.2 feature, see below.
The minimum release version noted in the table below represents the minimum switch software version required for each feature. As usual, it is recommended that customers use the most current maintenance releases.
Definitions
Generally Available (GA)
Feature is ready for wide deployment with no restrictions. Customers deploying GA features are supported by the Technical Assistance Center (TAC).
First Customer Ship (FCS)
Feature is available for controlled introduction to selected customers. To trial an FCS feature, please contact your account representative. Customers selected for controlled introduction receive assistance with the test plan review and special support from the New Product Team (NPT) in addition to the normal Technical Assistance Center (TAC) support.
The minimum release version noted in the table represents the minimum switch software version required for each feature. It is recommended that customers use the most current maintenance releases.
Product
Feature Name
FCS/GAStatus
Minimum Release
IGX
Support for UXM XLR card
GA
9.2.30
BPX
Support Multiple VSI Partitions
GA
9.2.30
IGX
HDM/LDM Control Lead Trap
GA
9.2.30
IGX
Support UXM Feeder
GA
9.2.30
IGX
SES Feeder to IGX
GA
9.2.20
BPX/IGX
A-bit Notification
GA
9.2.20
BPX/IGX
Real-Time VBR
GA
9.2.20
IGX
Support Enhanced UXM
GA
9.2.20
BPX
Support Enhanced BXM
GA
9.2.20
BPX
Support for 16K connections
GA
9.2.10
BPX
Support for Virtual Switch Interface (VSI) 2.2
GA
This interface is available in 9.2.10. Use of this interface is dependent upon other products, for example IOS.
BPX
Support for APS Annex B
GA
9.2.10
IGX
Support for UXM VP tunneling
GA
9.2.10
BPX
Include SONET line protection: APS on BXM-OC3 and BXM-OC12 (1+1)
GA
9.2.01
BPX
Support for Virtual Trunking on the BXM card
GA
9.2.01
BPX
Include SONET line protection: APS on BXM-OC3 and BXM-OC12 (2 card, 1:1)
GA
9.2.00
BPX
Support for LMI/ILMI on BXM card
GA
9.2.00
BPX/IGX
Alarms for all service-affecting events
GA
9.2.00
BPX/IGX
Support for feature mismatch on BXM and UXM cards
GA
9.2.00
BPX/IGX
Support for Hitless Rebuild including Disable Auto Bus Diagnostics
GA
9.2.00
BPX/IGX
Support for IGX and BPX trunk reconfiguration without outage
GA
9.2.00
BPX/IGX
Support for Revision Interoperability between 9.1 and 9.2
GA
9.2.00
BPX/IGX
Support for UXM and BXM Multilevel Channel Statistics
GA
9.2.00
BPX/IGX
Support ports and trunks on the same UXM and BXM cards
GA
9.2.00
IGX
Support for ATM Forum Standard Compliant IMA Trunking with UXM Firmware Model B
GA
9.2.00
IGX
Support for Virtual Trunking on the UXM card
GA
9.2.00
IGX
Support VC traffic shaping on UXM port
GA
9.2.00
IGX
Support for Idle code suppression for video on UVM and CVM cards
GA
9.2.00
Software Release 9.2.43
This maintenance release includes all features supported up to Release 9.2.30. The following files are extracted from a TAR file upon upgrading to SWSW Software Release 9.2.43.
Table 1 Release 9.2.43 BPX Files
File Name(s)
File Size (bytes)
9243B.000 to 9243B.023
65536
9243B.024
52553
9243B.img
784
Table 2 Release 9.2.43 IGX Files
File Name(s)
File Size (bytes)
9243G.000 to 9243G.026
65536
9243G.027
6069
9243G.img
784
Software Releases 9.2.31 - 9.2.43
The following maintenance releases include all features supported up to Release 9.2.30: 9.2.31, 9.2.32, 9.2.33, 9.2.34, 9.2.35, 9.2.36, 9.2.37, 9.2.38, 9.2.40, 9.2.41, 9.2.42, and 9.2.43.
Software Release 9.2.30
Release 9.2.30 includes all features supported up to Release 9.2.20 and introduces the following additional features:
Support for multiple partitions.
Support for UXM feeder.
Support for HDM/LDM control lead trap.
Support for UXM XLR back card.
Software Release 9.2.23, 9.2.22, and 9.2.21
These releases include all features supported up to Release 9.2.20.
Software Release 9.2.20
Release 9.2.20 includes all features supported up to Release 9.2.10 and introduces the following additional features:
Support for real-time VBR (rt-VBR).
Support for early A-bit notification. This feature is an enhancement to the early A-bit notification feature in Release 9.1.
Support the Service Expansion Shelf (SES) feeder to IGX.
Software support for enhanced BXM and UXM cards.
Software Release 9.2.10
This release includes all features supported up to Release 9.2.01 and introduces the following additional features:
Support for Virtual Switch Interface (VSI) 2.2.
Support for 16K connections.
Support for UXM VP tunneling.
Support for APS Annex B.
Support for Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS), MPLS-Virtual Private Network (VPN), and MPLS Class of Service (COS). For more details see Clarifications.
Software Release 9.2.01
This release includes all features supported in Release 9.2.00 and introduces the following additional features:
Support for virtual trunking on the BXM card.
Support for SONET line protection: APS on BXM-OC3 and BXM-OC12 (1+1).
Software Release 9.2.00
This release introduces the following features:
Support for virtual trunking on the UXM card.
Support for both ports and trunks simultaneously on the same UXM and BXM cards.
Support for hitless rebuild including Disable Auto Bus Diagnostics.
Support for UXM and BXM multilevel channel statistics.
Support for alarms of all service-affecting events.
Support for revision interoperability between 9.1 and 9.2.
Support for IGX and BPX trunk reconfiguration without outage.
Support for ATM Forum Standard Compliant IMA trunking with UXM (IGX 8400) Firmware Model B.
Support for SONET line protection: APS on BXM-OC3 and BXM-OC12 (2 card, 1:1).
Support for LMI/ILMI on BXM card.
Support for feature mismatch on BXM and UXM cards.
Support for idle code suppression for video on UVM and CVM cards.
Support VC traffic shaping on UXM port.
Support for UXM STM-1 electrical back card.
Clarifications
1. The fix for CSCdu50924 has changed the behavior of SWSW with respect to CM parameters 9 (reroute timer) and 10 (reset timer on line fail). Derouted connections are now eligible for routing immediately, irrespective of the values of CM parameters 9 and 10 and the time of the last reroute. This also means that CM parameter 10 is effectively obsolete.
Previously, if CM parameter 9 was set to a value greater than 0 and CM parameter 10 was set to No, a connection would not be eligible for routing until the time specified by CM parameter 10 had passed since its last reroute. This was true even if the connection was derouted and a route was available. Therefore, the goal of the fix to CSCdu50924 is to get derouted connections routed as soon as possible.
2. Release 9.2.31 introduced a new command—cnffdrlmiparms—which makes the feeder LMI timers and counters configurable. This command is currently supported on BPX only and cannot be added in the Job mode.
where slot.port specifies the feeder trunk to configure. The details of the other parameters are as follows:
Timer
Description
Range (sec.)
Default (sec.)
T396
LMI polling timer
5-30
10
T393
SPC STATUS ENQUIRY timer
5-30
10
T394
SPC UPDATE STATUS timer
5-30
10
N394
Max retry count for SPC STATUS
ENQUIRY/ REPORT procedures
1-10
5
N395
Max retry count for SPC UPDATE
STATUS / ACK procedures
1 -10
5
3. In Release 9.2.31 the system parameter 2 (cnfsysparm2) is changed from "Fail Connections On Communication Break" to "Allow CPU Starvation of Fail Handler."
The old parameter has been removed as it violated the principle of the separating control and data plane. The new parameter allows a new feature to be turned off, which gives CPU to the Fail Handler at the expense of the Transaction Handler in case the Fail Handler does not get scheduled for a long time.
4. Do not mix MEE and MEF (or higher) in Y-red pairs for BXM 2-port group enhanced cards (OC-3 or OC-12 port). addyred will fail if both are in standby mode, or the primary card has been activated with MEF (or higher) and the secondary card has MEE.
5. For the BXM 2-port group, enhanced cards activated with MEF or higher, downrev to MEE will bring the cards into MISMATCH mode. This applies to both single cards and Y-red pairs.
6. Release 9.2.30 introduced four new commands in BPX:
addctrlr to add VSI capabilities to a trunk interface to which a Feeder of type AAL5 is attached. This command is basically run as the second step in adding a PNNI controller.
delctrlr to delete VSI capabilities from a trunk interface to which a Feeder of type AAL5 is attached. This command is basically run as the first step in deleting a PNNI controller.
cnfvsipart to configure VSI partition characteristics. Currently, we can only enable VSI ILMI functionality using this command.
dspvsipartcnf to display VSI partition characteristics. Currently, this command only displays information about VSI ILMI functionality.
7. There are changes in the following commands starting from Release 9.2.30:
cnfrsrc
Allow start VPI = 0 for a VSI partition on a port interface, provided there is only one VSI partition on the port interface.
Prevent second VSI partition from being enabled on a port interface if the first VSI partition uses a start VPI = 0.
Prevent a VSI partition from being disabled on a trunk interface if a PNNI controller is attached to the trunk interface controlling partition being disabled.
cnfport
Prevent disabling ILMI protocol on a port interface, if a VSI ILMI session is active on a VSI partition on the port interface.
Prevent configuring ILMI protocol on port interfaces to run on the BCC, if a VSI ILMI session is active on a VSI partition on the port interface.
cnftrk
Prevent configuring ILMI protocol on a trunk interface to run on the BCC, if a VSI ILMI session is active on a VSI partition on the trunk interface.
addshelf
Prevent adding a feeder to a trunk, if VSI ILMI session is active on a VSI partition on the trunk interface.
8. The multiple partitions introduce two VSI partitions on trunk and port interfaces on the BXM card. One partition can be used for MPLS, and one can be used for PNNI. Virtual Trunk can have only one VSI partition or can be used for AutoRoute, but cannot be used for both VSI and AutoRoute simultaneously. This project introduces six service class templates in addition to the three existing templates.
Even though tag ABR is supported in Service Class Template (SCT), neither the MPLS controller nor the BXM firmware currently support this.
The configurable VPI/VCI introduces 2 new parameters in addctrlr and addshelf commands, through which the user can specify the VPI and VCI of the master-slave control channels.
9. There is a change in reporting of port group numbers in Release 9.2.32. Previous image (MEC) of BXM used to report a 1-port group for the 2-port group cards at the channel statistics level 2 and 3. This made the port belonging to second port group unusable.
For enhanced BXM cards, upgrade to 9.2.30 software first and then burn the BXM card with the MEE or higher firmware, BXM will report 2-port groups for 2-port cards all the time. The smooth transition between the earlier 1-port group and the newly reported 2-port groups also displays the message in dspcd "Inconsistency with logical PG #" (port group number). All earlier software will "mismatch" the card.
If the BXM card is programmed with MEC or earlier firmware revision, the channel statistics for level 2 or 3 will report 1-port group for enhanced BXM cards. Burning an MEE or higher image will result in 2-port groups, but for backwards compatibility the software will not do the recomputation of LCNs based on the new port groups. In its logical database, this will not impact the AutoRoute connections.
For VSI controllers the reported value will be higher than the actual available LCNs. That means a VSI controller may not be able to add connection even though the available connections are non-zero. If the user wishes to remove the above discrepancy, the card must be brought to the standby mode.
Note that the newly configured card or the card in standby mode programmed with MEE or higher image brought to the active state will not have above discrepancy.
10. In BPX nodes that use processor cards with 32 MB of RAM, it is possible to run out of memory in the Hitless Region. This can happen if the node is too heavily configured with cards and connections. The recommendation below should prevent memory aborts.
In nodes that have processor cards with 64 MB of RAM, there should be no Hitless Region memory problem. This is because 64 MB processors contain a second Hitless Region, which is larger than the first.
The following calculation will help prevent memory aborts on BPX processors with 32 MB. For simplicity, the numbers are approximate. It is necessary to add up the number of cards in the node, as well as the number of connections, and make sure that the total does not exceed the recommendation.
During system initialization, roughly 17,100 blocks of the available 40,000 are used for the card database.
In addition, assume that 1500 blocks will be needed for each BXM card that can support 16K connections, which is the more common configuration. Some BXM cards can support 32K connections, and these will need 3000 blocks of the Hitless Region. This chunk of memory is allocated at the insertion of the BXM card and will not be released until a card of different type is inserted.
Also, 300 blocks will be needed for each 1000 via connections on the node. This can be viewed with the user command dspload.
40000 blocks maximum total (34000 blocks for 9.2 releases up to 9.2.23)
11. The minimum software required to run MPLS are:
BPX Switch Software Release 9.2.10 or later
BXM firmware must be MEA or later
IOS Software Release 12.0(5)T (refer to IOS Release Note)
Virtual Switch Interface (VSI) 2.2
The BPX with an external 7x00 label switch controller (router) with Switch Software Release 9.2.10 and IOS Release 12.0(5)T can function as an ATM-LSR. The enhancements to dynamic label switching that was supported in Release 9.1 include support for MPLS Class of Service. The BPX as an ATM-LSR supports the "Multi-Label VC" model to support MPLS Class of Service. Five Qbins (Qbin 10-14) are reserved for MPLS Class of Service. Class-based WFQ is supported on these IP queues.
The BPX can also function as a "P" ATM-LSR in the MPLS-VPN architecture.
Hot redundancy of MPLS connections on the BPX is supported by BXM hot card redundancy. Continuous message forwarding, and keep-alive between the BXM redundant pair ensures the connection continuity on BXM switchover. On failure of a BXM card, the standby card becomes active with the label VCs. Resynchronization between the MPLS label switch controller and the BPX ensures that their databases are in sync.
12. The 16K connections feature increases the number of connections terminating on the BPX switch to 16,000. The count includes connections terminating on BXM or ASI endpoints on cards within the node as well as connections terminating on service modules in the feeder shelves connected to the BPX switch. For example, a Frame Relay connection that originates on an FRSM in an MGX 8220 connected to a BPX counts as one of the 16,000 terminated connections on that BPX.
This feature requires a BCC-3-64 or BCC-4 controller in the BPX as well as Switch Software 9.2.10 or higher.
13. Version 2.2 of the Virtual Switch Interface (VSI) provides the BPX switch with the ability to support multiple network protocols and multiple controllers per switch (for example, MPLS, PNNI, and so on). Switch resources can be dedicated to a specific controller or shared by multiple controllers.
This feature is supported on BXM ports, trunks, and virtual trunks and requires a BCC-3-64 or BCC-4 controller in the BPX as well as Switch Software 9.2.10 or higher and firmware MEA or higher.
Following are the VSI features:
Support for only one partition, that is, a port or a trunk can be partitioned into one VSI partition along with AutoRoute.
A Virtual Trunk interface cannot have both VSI and AutoRoute simultaneously. It has to be either VSI or AutoRoute only.
There are nine Service Class Templates (SCTs) defined. SCT 1 is used for interfaces exclusively for MPLS. SCT 2 and 3 are respectively used for ports and trunk interfaces, which are exclusively used for PNNI. SCT 4 onwards are used for interfaces that are used for both MPLS and PNNI.
Master Redundancy is supported, that is, multiple controllers can control the same partition.
Only one controller can be added per trunk interface.
14. The combinations of system limits such as the number of trunks, lines, ports, and connections as well as enabled TFTP interval statistics should be provisioned so that the node has at least 50 percent idle time usage. Use the command dspprfhist to verify.
15. When cost-based routing is used, increasing the cost of a trunk will result in deleting the preferred path on connections in the database if the sum of the preferred path cost exceeds the connection of configured cost. The connections will remain routed on its current path.
16. On the BXM and UXM, for the OC-3 MultiMode Fiber back cards, Y-Redundancy/hot standby is not supported due to hardware restrictions.
17. The trunk reconfiguration feature does not support IMA trunks.
18. An LCN Resynchronization feature was developed to maintain consistency between NPM and UXM connection databases when a switchcc occurs. IGX Software release 9.2.37 or later and UXM firmware Release ABK or later are required to implement this feature.
Special Installation/Upgrade Requirements
This section contains the installation procedures and upgrade requirements.
General/Upgrade Procedure
Note Consult a Support Representative before performing any software upgrade.
The earliest release supported for a graceful upgrade is 9.1.03.
Additional data is transferred from nodes to CWM by Switch Software Release 9.2.x and later. It is recommended that networks with greater than 15 nodes be divided into IP subnets of no more than 15 nodes per subnet. Dividing the nodes ensures that LAN gateway node serves no more than 15 nodes.
The exact number of nodes that can be served by a single gateway depends on the configuration of the nodes. However, the number of nodes in a subnet should not exceed 50 when running release 9.2.x. If too many nodes are served by a single gateway, the gateway node sustains low idle time and intermittent unreachability with other nodes in the network. For configuration information refer to the Cisco WAN Manager Operations, Release 9.2 documentation located at the following URL:
Switch Software Version 9.2 requires a minimum of MED firmware for BXM Model E non-enhanced cards. MEE is the minimum required firmware for enhanced BXM cards.
Before upgrading to this release when UXM cards are to be used, certain legacy card firmware must be upgraded. See the compatibility matrix for cards affected and the exact versions to be used.
Note Standards-compliant IMA is not compatible with the proprietary IMA protocol used in revision A
firmware. Both ends of an IMA trunk must have the same protocol.
To upgrade a UXM card, complete the following steps:
Note This procedure also applies to the UXME card.
Caution Failure to follow this procedure may result in the card not operating. The card should be returned to Cisco if this occurs.
Step 1 Verify the current boot code version.
To run Model B firmware on UXM, the card must be running boot code revision 6 or greater.
Step 2 To determine the boot code running on the card, issue the following command from CLI (user must be logged in as Service level or greater to use this command):
rsh <slot #> sys version
Step 3 Upgrade the UXM boot code if necessary.
The process for loading boot code is identical to the process of loading firmware. The only part that changes is the name of the file.
Note Burning the boot code causes the card to reset.
Step 4 Upgrade the UXM firmware.
Step 5 Use the following command to configure the red alarm in/out values to 1.25/1.5 seconds or greater:
cnftrkparm
When Y-redundant trunks are used, the red alarm in/out values must be configured to 1.25/1.5 seconds or greater. Otherwise, INVMUX failures occur, and trunk failures are observed during a Y-redundancy switchover. These failures are due to the IMA protocol and might cause connections to reroute.
Step 6 Upgrade NPM software to 9.2.
Use the following procedure for upgrading UXM-to-IMATM trunks from proprietary IMA protocol to ATM forum-compliant IMA protocol.
Step 1 Download and burn UXM boot code version 6 or later to all UXMs in the network.
Note After completing Step 1 the UXM
cards resets and reroutes traffic to other trunks.
Step 2 To have firmware upgrade on the IGX, issue the following command to disable the UXM from resetting automatically after the firmware is burned in.
cnffunc 15 d
Step 3 On each MGX 8220 equipped with IMATM-B, upgrade the ASC to 5.0.10.
Step 4 Download the Forum Compliant Firmware Version IMATM5.0.10.fw but do NOT reset the IMATM-B card.
Step 5 On each UXM with IMA to be upgraded, burn firmware ABE or later to each UXM with IMA trunks.
Step 6 Simultaneously reset the card at each end of each IMA trunk to minimize trunk outage.
Step 7 Upgrade 9.1 nodes to 9.2 by executing the loadrev and runrev commands.
Step 8 Issue the command cnffunc 15 e after each IGX is upgraded to 9.2.20 or later.
Use the following procedure for upgrading UXM-to-UXM trunks from proprietary IMA protocol to ATM forum-compliant IMA protocol.
Note This procedure also applies to the UXME card.
Step 1 For Y-redundant UXMs, issue the command cnftrkparm 18 100000 100000 prior to this procedure and return to default values after this procedure.
Step 2 Download and burn UXM bootcode version 6 or later to all UXMs in the network. This will cause the card to reset and reroute traffic to other trunks.
Step 3 On IGX to have firmware upgraded, issue command cnffunc 15 d to disable the UXM from resetting automatically after the firmware is burned in.
Step 4 On each IGX-UXM with IMA to be upgraded, burn firmware ABE or later to each UXM with IMA trunks.
Step 5 Simultaneously reset the card at each end of each IMA trunk to minimize trunk outage.
Step 6 Upgrade 9.1 nodes to 9.2 via loadrev and runrev.
Step 7 Issue the command cnffunc 15 e after each IGX is upgraded to 9.2.20 or later.
Use the following procedure for upgrading BXM cards to the 9.2 firmware release for switches running
9.1 or 9.2 or earlier than 9.2.30 switch software,
BXM firmware earlier than MEC, and
BXM OC3/OC12 interface and the BXM is configured to channel statistic level 2 or higher.
To enable BXM cards to utilize 9.2 features, all BXM cards must be upgraded to the 9.2 firmware release.
Perform the following steps to avoid card mismatch for all BXM enhanced cards:
Step 1 Upgrade BXM firmware to MEC.
Step 2 Upgrade BCC software to 9.2.30 or higher.
Step 3 Upgrade BXM firmware to MEE or higher.
For all other cases, complete the following steps:
Step 1 Upgrade BXM firmware to MED or higher.
Step 2 Upgrade BCC software to 9.2.30 or higher.
Note See the Compatibility Matrix for the exact versions to be used.
Use the following for adding new BCC cards as a part of upgrading to the 9.2 release:
If new BCC cards are to be installed as part of the upgrade to Release 9.2, then the physical card upgrade procedure described below must be completed as a separate activity from the Switch software upgrade.
If upgrading to BCC-4 cards on BPX 8600 nodes, complete the software upgrade first, followed by the BCC-4 physical card upgrade. If BCC-4 is already installed then upgrade as normal.
If any other type of BCC cards are being physically upgraded, complete the physical upgrade of the cards first, followed by the software upgrade.
Statistics collection must be disabled prior to and during the software upgrade process. The disabling must be done prior to the issuing of the first loadrev command.
Statistics sampling must be disabled prior to the issuing of the first loadrev command at the start of an upgrade. (Use the service level command off1/off2, turn off line statistic sampling, port statistic sampling, trunk statistic sampling, and connection statistic sampling.)
Note See the Compatibility Matrix for the tested/supported versions of other firmware and software that work
with this release.
Complete the following steps for upgrading VSI 1.1 in Release 9.1 to VSI 2.2 in Release 9.2.
Step 1 Upgrade the Tag Switch Controller (TSC).
The TSC is upgraded to the CoS VSI Version Capable Release (IOS 12.XX). This image is VSI bilingual, meaning it understands both VSI Version 1 and Version 2.
Step 2 Upgrade the BXMs.
Upgrade all the BXM cards in the node to Model E, which is VSI Version 2 and CoS capable. After each BXM card is downloaded with the Model E image, it temporarily experiences VSI outage until the BCC software is upgraded. The VSI outage during the upgrade is caused by the Model E firmware not being backward compatible with VSI Version 1 features.
Note From the TSC perspective, after a BXM is upgraded to the Model E image, the interfaces that
used to be on the card will "disappear." The TDP sessions that were on the interfaces will be lost.
When all the BXMs are upgraded to the Model E while still running Release 9.1 software on the
BCC, the node will experience a complete outage of MPLS traffic. AutoRoute will have a hitless
upgrade.
Step 3 Upgrade the BCC.
As the BCC is upgraded from software Release 9.1 to the desired 9.2.3x release. The BCC recognizes the Model E BXMs and downloads the VSI partition configuration. This causes the BXMs to issue ifc cfg traps to the TSC, allowing the TSC to rediscover all the MPLS interfaces on the BPX. The TDP sessions are reestablished and MPLS traffic starts flowing again through the BPX.
Note The VSI 1.1 and VSI 2.2 are not interoperable.
Adding NTM Trunk Limitation
An NTM trunk cannot be added between a Release 9.1 node and a 9.2 node.
If an IGX node is upgraded from Release 9.1.x to Release 9.2.23 and above, adding trunk fails because of an incompatibility with the traffic parameters between the two releases. Executing the addtrk command results in one of the following error messages: Abandoned due to trunk parameters conflict or Abandoned because traffic classes conflict.
In an IGX node running Release 9.1 the bits for VBR-rt and VBR-nrt classes are 0 and are not used to verify traffic parameters. In Release 9.2 these bits are set and are checked to verify traffic parameters.
To workaround this limitation, down the trunk and up the trunk again in Release 9.2 so that the bit is set. Then add the two NTM trunks since both nodes are 9.2.
Revision Interoperability Supported
Revision interoperating upgrades are supported, from the 9.1 to 9.2 releases of Switch software, with secondary revision incorporation for network lowest revision. This will lessen the risk of new features being enabled in a mixed network after the downgrade.
A "Secondary Revision" field in the node is used for the determination of the network lowest revision. Previous to this change, software used only the nodes primary revision.
Note Due to interoperability, the lowest revision running on the node has to be Release 9.2 in order for the
VBR-rt and VBR-nrt bits to be set. Check that the lowest revision is 9.2.23 by issuing the dsprevs
command.
The interoperability functionality uses network lowest revision for:
Blocking the new feature unless network lowest revision is greater than or equal to the minimum supported revision for the feature
dspblkdfuncs
Version Compatibility Notes
For a complete list of firmware revisions supported, see the Compatibility Matrix document, which is included in this release package.
This release runs with the following components:
Any MGX 8220 Release 4.0, 4.1, and 5.0
Cisco WAN Manager (Cisco StrataView Plus) version 9.2
CiscoView version 2.00
UXM model ABJ or later
BXM model MED or later for non-enhanced BXM cards
BXM model MEE or later for enhanced BXM cards
Switch Software Release 9.2 is interworking with VNS 3.1.
Switch Software Release 9.2 is not compatible with the following components:
UXM Firmware Model A.
BXM Firmware Model C or earlier.
DAS interworking
Control Card Requirements
All processor cards must be configured with a minimum of 32MB of RAM. This includes BCCs and NPMs. NPMs require at least 1MB of BRAM. To verify the BRAM size on IGX 8400 nodes, use the dspcd command.
Note If any control cards contain less than 32MB of DRAM (these would be NPMs) then they must be
replaced with cards containing at least 32MB of DRAM prior to upgrading to Release 9.2. The physical
upgrade of the nodes with these control cards must be done according to the upgrade procedure defined
as follows.
Control Card Boot Firmware Requirements
As specified next, the correct version of control card (CC) boot firmware must be installed on the cards prior to a software upgrade to Release 9.2.
BCC Type
Firmware
BCC-32
H.B.J
BCC-3-32
H.C.M
BCC-3-64
H.D.M
BCC-4
H.E.M.
BCC-4V
H.H.M
NPM Type
Firmware
NPM-32
R.B.S
NPM-64
R.C.S
NPM-32B
R.E.S
NPM-64B
R.F.S
With the new version of NPM boot code (RXS), the boot code upgrading does not require physical card resetting with the following steps:
Step 1 Burn the boot code on the active NPM (1).
Step 2 Execute the switchcc command and wait until the NPM(1) becomes standby. NPM(2) is now active.
Step 3 Execute the resetcd command to reset the standby (resetcd 1 h). Wait until the reset card NPM(1) becomes standby.
Step 4 Burn the boot code on the active NPM(2).
Step 5 Execute the switchcc command and wait until the NPM(2) becomes standby. NPM(1) is now active.
Step 6 Execute the resetcd command to reset the standby (resetcd 2 h). Wait until the reset card NPM(2) become standby.
Control Card Compatibility Requirements
Each redundant pair of BCC cards in a given BPX 8600 node must be of the identical type and memory configuration. That is, for example, if the active card is a BCC-3-32, then so must be the standby. BCC-3 cards with 32MB of RAM cannot be mixed with BCC-3 cards with 64MB of RAM.
Each redundant pair of NPM cards in a given IGX 8400 node must be of the identical type and memory configuration. That is, for example, if the active card is an NPM-32, then so must be the standby. NPM cards with 32MB of RAM cannot be mixed with NPM cards with 64MB of RAM. Also, NPM-64 cards cannot be mixed with NPM-64B cards.
This is a requirement for all software upgrade and downgrade procedures. It does not apply to the physical card upgrade procedure, described in the following section.
Control Card Physical Card Upgrade Procedure
When performing a control card (CC) upgrade, the following procedure must be used. This applies to all processors: BCCs, and/or NPMs.
Step 1 Remove the current standby CC front and back card. (Remove back card only applies to BCC.)
Step 2 Replace with new CC front and back cards. (Replace back card only apply to BCC.)
Step 3 Wait for the standby updates on the newly installed standby CC to complete.
Step 4 Issue a switchcc command to utilize the newly installed CC.
Step 5 Verify that the network is stable.
Step 6 Remove the current standby CC front and back card. (Remove back card only applies to BCC.)
Step 7 Replace with new CC front and back cards that are identical to the current active CC. (Replace back card only apply to BCC)
Step 8 Wait for the standby updates on the newly installed standby CC to complete.
Step 9 The CC physical upgrade is now complete.
Step 10 With the secondary card in the standby state, cause a switchover using the switchcc command. This will test that the hardware is working correctly.
Note After Step 2, the node will contain a mix of an old type CCs and the new type CCs. This condition is
permitted only while the standby updates to the new CC are in progress, which will take less than one
hour. The time during which this mixture of CC types exists must be kept to a minimum by immediately
replacing the second old type CC with the matching one of the new type.
Obsoleted
Starting from Release 9.2.00, the IPX is no longer supported.
VSI 1.0 is no longer supported.
FastPAD is no longer supported.
The noncompliant IMA trunking (Cisco proprietary) supported in Model A of UXM firmware is not supported in Release 9.2.
Notes and Cautions
Additional Notes for Release 9.2.41
None.
Additional Notes for Release 9.2
1. Switch Software Release 9.2 is not compatible with UXM firmware Model A.
2. If attempting to burn UXM firmware Model B into UXM firmware Model A with 9.2 software, the firmware Model B will not be burned into the UXM card due to the incompatibility of software 9.2 and UXM firmware Model A. The UXM has to be returned to Cisco for service.
3. If using MEC or earlier BXM firmware and upgrading to MEE or later, the version of switch software has to be upgraded first so that the enhanced BXM cards will report 2-port groups for 2-port cards all the time. The smooth transition between the earlier 1 port group and the newly reported 2-port groups also displays message in dspcd "Inconsistency with logical PG #" (port group number). All earlier software will mismatch the card. This applies to BXM-OC3 or BXM-OC12 and configured to channel statistic level 2 or higher.
4. Firmware MED and earlier supports APS Redundancy on Legacy BXM only.
5. Because of hardware limitations, BXM hardware is not able to recognize all user-programmed cell transmission rates. Rather only discrete transmission rates can be used instead.
The equation below shows what the BXM hardware actually transmits given a user configured cell rate. The transmitted cell rate is always less than or equal to the configured cell rate. To prevent any cell loss, the transmitted cell rate must be equal to the configured rate. To do so, a cell rate must be chosen from the table below.
The rate table below lists the highest 200 cell rates supported be BXM such that if used, will result in no cell loss (given cell traffic is less than configured cell rate). Additional rates can be calculated using 1470588/[n + (1/256)], where n is an integer.
The logic to calculate the actual cell transmission rate in a BXM card is as follows:
if (configured cell rate == full line cell rate) then
transmitted cell rate = full line cell rate
else
transmitted cell rate = from equation below or from table below
Example:
If a trunk is configured at 100,000 cells per second (cps), the actual transmitted cell rate is then 98,013 cps, any traffic sent over 98,013 cps would be discarded.
If a trunk is configured at 98,013 cps, then the actual transmitted cell rate is 98,013 cps with no cell loss.
Therefore, only rates in the table should be used. Otherwise, cell loss may be experienced. The table will not be exhausted at the end but still go on with the computing from the above equation.
Table 3 BXM Cell Transmission Rates
1464865
56552
28832
19348
14559
11670
9738
8355
733860
54458
28278
19097
14416
11579
9674
8308
489558
52513
27744
18852
14277
11488
9611
8261
367288
50703
27231
18614
14139
11399
9549
8215
293888
49013
26736
18381
14005
11311
9487
8169
244938
47432
26258
18154
13872
11225
9426
8124
209966
45950
25798
17933
13743
11140
9366
8079
183733
44558
25353
17717
13616
11056
9307
8035
163327
43247
24923
17506
13491
10974
9248
7992
147001
42012
24508
17300
13368
10892
9190
7948
133642
40845
24106
17099
13248
10812
9133
7906
122509
39741
23717
16902
13129
10733
9077
7863
113088
38695
23341
16710
13013
10656
9021
7822
105012
37703
22976
16522
12899
10579
8966
7780
98013
36761
22623
16339
12787
10503
8912
7739
91889
35864
22280
16159
12677
10429
8858
7699
86485
35010
21947
15983
12568
10355
8805
7659
81681
34196
21625
15812
12462
10283
8753
7619
77383
33419
21311
15643
12357
10212
8701
7580
73515
32676
21007
15479
12254
10141
8650
7541
70014
31966
20711
15318
12153
10072
8599
7502
66833
31286
20423
15160
12053
10003
8549
7464
63927
30634
20143
15005
11955
9936
8500
7427
61264
30009
19871
14853
11859
9869
8451
7389
58814
29409
19606
14705
11764
9803
8403
7352
.....
6. On the BPX with MGX 8220 feeder(s), regardless of the setting of the Node Parameter "42 Enable Feeder Alert," a feeder alert message will be sent to all MGX 8220 feeders immediately before a hitless rebuild takes place. The feeder alert message will temporarily disable the LMI polling from the MGX 8220 feeders. The MGX 8220 polling will resume as soon as the BPX is ready to exchange LMI messages.
7. The amount of traffic allowed on a VP tunneling connection is two-thirds bandwidth of that connection. The minimum bandwidth must be 100 cells per second. For example, a CBR connection with a peak cell rate 1500 cps then can pass traffic up to 1000 cps.
Limitations
1. BME firmware MKA and MKB is not compatible with BPX Switch Software Release 9.2x and later.
2. For Switch Software 9.2, MPLS and PNNI controllers cannot coexist.
3. In Release 9.2.30 and later, nodes might declare a communication break when using the BXM virtual trunking feature. The problem has been observed under the following conditions:
At least two virtual trunks share a common port at one node, but their remote end points terminate on different nodes.
The virtual trunks are used to carry networking (rt_op) traffic.
On the above diagram, node_B is a virtual trunk share a common port
With this topology, "node_A" sees "node_C" as unreachable and vice-versa; however, "node_A" communicates to "node_B," and "node_B" communicates to "node_C."
The problem is caused by a misprogrammed trunk networking channel. In the above example, the misprogramming occurs at "node_B." A channel that should be programmed for ingress and egress operation is programmed as egress only.
Workarounds:
BXM firmware MEH and later contains the fix for this bug (CSCdr51875).
BXM virtual trunking (no VT wraparound) can still be implemented using Software Release 9.2.20 and higher.
If virtual trunks are not yet in use, the VT wraparound solution can be implemented in release 9.2.30 and higher (CSCdr51875).
4. When the cnfrsrc command is used to delete VSI partitions on an interface, software does not check if any Soft Permanent Virtual Circuit (SPVC) connections exists on that partition. Even if there are SPVC connections on a partition, the partition can be deleted using the cnfrsrc command. The only protection is that users are provided with a warning when they try to delete the partition.
If there are SPVC connections on a partition and if the partition is deleted, the SPVC connections will be left in a undefined and unrecoverable state. Hence, before deleting a VSI partition, ensure that all the SPVC connections are deleted on that partition.
5. For UVM cards, there will be no new revisions of Model A firmware. When attempting to download Model A firmware to a UVM, software will give the user an error message indicating that the firmware does not match the card type. Note that there is no problem with continuing to use existing UVM cards running the old firmware(CSCdp08741).
6. There is a new traffic class added in Release 9.2.20 that causes a trunk parameter conflict with pre-9.2.20 node. The conflict fails adding trunk between 9.2.20 BTM/ATM and pre- 9.2.20 BTM/ATM.
All ATM traffic classes are set for BTM/ALM trunks and is hidden to the user. The introduction of rt-VBR traffic class in 9.2.20 makes it different from pre-9.2.20 BTM/ALM trunk traffic class. The user can not change the ATM traffic class for BTM/ALM trunk.
This problem exists with a new BTM/ALM trunk on an upgraded 9.2.20 node but does not exist with an upgraded BTM/ALM trunk since the rt-VBR traffic class is not set while upgrading (CSCdm64345).
7. The cloud port to which a virtual trunk is connected should have ILMI polling disabled. Otherwise, it could lead to a virtual trunk being clear on one end and declaring Virtual Trunk Path Failure at the other end (CSCdm52909).
8. In a BPX that contains BCC cards with 64MB, there is no limitation. All 12 available slots can contain BXM or Enhanced-BXM cards.
In a BPX that contains BCC cards with 32MB, a maximum of 10 legacy BXM cards are allowed. If some Enhanced-BXM cards are used in place of BXM, then each Enhanced-BXM will count as two BXM cards.
9. For performance reasons, AIS status of connections is not sent to the standby BCC. After switchcc, it may take a few minutes to update the AIS status of connections. If dspcon does not show the proper status of AIS or the dspalms screen shows an incorrect number of AIS, (after switchcc) wait for few minutes so that the status gets updated. (The dspalms and dspcon commands show the status of AIS.)
10. Hitless rebuild has similar limitations to that of a switchcc and full rebuild:
On IGX nodes, there is a four second continuity break. (Same as in a switchcc.)
There might be brief communication breaks with other nodes in the network. This will be logged in the event log of the node. There is no traffic loss or trunk failures. (This is similar to a switchcc and depends highly on the network and number of connections.)
Some line/trunk cards that are in the standby state may reset during a hitless rebuild.
The statistics that are collected by the Cisco Wan Manager will not be maintained across a rebuild.
Some will be re-enabled automatically. These include:
Auto statistics
Summary statistics
Real-Time statistics
All other statistics have to be re-enabled for collection after a hitless rebuild takes place. These mainly include the user statistics.
11. UVM cards in Y-redundancy will mismatch if one is burned with Idle Code Suppression Firmware and the other is not.
When installing/burning Idle Code Suppression Firmware on UVM pairs, the Y-redundancy must be removed, firmware in both UVM cards burned, and then the Y-redundancy can be restored.
12. Mismatch is reported when replacing a BXM card with another BXM card that has a different port group, even though both BXM cards have the identical channel number.
13. When upgrading from Release 9.1 to 9.2, the 9.1 statistics on BXM/UXM cards are supported to maintain compatibility. However, once a user configures a statistics level in 9.2, the statistics cannot be configured back to 9.1 statistics.
There is no 9.1 statistics support for BXM/UXM cards that were shipped with 9.2 firmware since the BXM/UXM card has the default level 1 statistics.
Therefore, when using a UXM with 9.2, a user must either:
Leave the statistics level untouched (this will work for UXM cards upgraded from 9.1)
OR
Set level 2 on the card
14. The BXM and UXM channel statistics level feature gives these cards the capability of collecting more than four statistics per connection. However, it is the controller card's limitations, available memory, and performance, that indicates how many statistics can actually be collected from the cards and then reported to the Cisco Wan Manager (CWM).
The BCC-3-64 can collect at most three interval statistics per connection when there are 16,000 AutoRoute (AR) connections configured on the node. (Interval statistics are those statistics that are reported to the CWM. They are often referred to as TFTP statistics.)
You can collect approximately 48,000 statistics (3 x 16,000) on the BCC-3-64. This is approximate because there are many variables that will affect this value, such as are peaks enabled, how many buckets are collected, are all connection of the same type, are trunk, line or port statistics enabled, and so on.
With this approximation of 48,000 statistics on the BCC-3-64, this then means that as a rough estimate you could enable 32 statistics on 1,500 connections, 48 statistics on 1,000 connections or nine statistics on 5,000 connections, and so on. The approximation formula being:
15. In Release 9.1, the UXM card ran a proprietary IMA communication protocol. This protocol matched that used on the MGX 8220 4 IMATM-B cards and hence could be connected together to form a trunk. In Release 9.2, standards-compliant IMA are supported on the UXM card and standards-compliant IMATM-B on MGX 8220 5.0.x must be used to form a trunk. There should be no effect on UXM-IMA trunks connected to other UXM-IMA trunks in 9.1 to 9.2 interoperability mode.
16. The transmit rate on an IGX IMA trunk can be altered at the local node with any trunk outage. It is possible that the transmit rates are different at the two ends of an IMA trunk. After this trunk is deleted, it cannot be added back unless the transmit rates are the same.
17. When doing a grouped upgrade from Release 9.1 to 9.2, the software error 1427 may be logged on the BPX/IGX node during a non-graceful upgrade. This error can be ignored since it is harmless to the network (CSCdm14613).
18. Reconfiguring trunk parameters might cause connections to be rerouted if the changed bandwidth load is smaller than what was used by the connections that use the trunk.
19. If LMI/ILMI is provided by the BCC:
The maximum possible number of ports on the BPX 8600 that can be configured with LMI/ILMI enabled is 52. However, each BPX will support up to a total of 16 feeder trunks and each feeder trunk will have LMI enabled. That is, if a BPX 8600 is configured with only two feeder trunks, then only (52 - 2) = 50 ports can have LMI/ILMI enabled.
If LMI/ILMI is provided by the BXM firmware:
There is no limitation on the number of ports that can have LMI/ILMI enabled.
When running ILMI on the BXM, ILMI version 3.1 WITHOUT address registration is supported.
20. Virtual Path Connections with cells whose VCI values are above 4095 will be transmitted correctly only if the path is exclusively through BXM trunks and terminate at BXM ports.
21. The feature of CIR=0 for Frame Relay connections is not supported for connections terminating between FRM cards in IGX nodes and FRSM cards in an MGX 8220 shelf.
22. SVC connections are derouted after decreasing the allocated bandwidth (increasing Statistic Reserve). It is the design intent that increasing the statistical reserve will cause SVC conns to derouted and not be rerouted (CSCst92308).
23. For the loadrev operation, it is important that the Cisco Wan Manager/TFTP buffers are maintained at their default size.
24. Due to a hardware limitation, the BNI trunk will send 13-15 percent more traffic than what it is configured for when the trunk is configured for less speed (cps) than the maximum port speed. This is especially important when the BNI trunk is connected to IMATM pairs, which carry less than T3 bandwidth.
25. When using the shift/no-shift feature on a BPX 8600 node's port card, controlled via the cnfport command, the other end of the connection must have the same setting. Otherwise, there will be a loss of continuity.
26. Due to trunk-based loading, any commands having to do with trunk loading and the load model (dspload chklm dsplm, and so on.) need to be done only after waiting a certain period of time. This time is a direct function of the trunk load update interval time (as configurable) plus the conditional update latency time.
27. The external ABR segment control loop on ForeSight (ABRFST) is an option at the user interface. It is supported by UXM-E/BXM-E but is not supported by UXM/BXM hardware. The user should not enable this option on ForeSight connections (CSCdi92451). In any case, there is no coupling between the loops.
28. The interface between a BXM feeder trunk and an MGX 8220 feeder is always considered to be an NNI interface. (CSCdj16808)
29. When adding more than 4000 connections on a BPX node, the VC polling rate must be changed to a higher interval, to accommodate the additional time needed to poll for the statistics for each VC. The cnfsysparm command, parameter 24, must be changed according to the following:
0-3999 connections
Polling Rate: 5 Minutes (or higher)
4000-7999 connections
Polling Rate: 10 Minutes (or higher)
> 8000 connections
Polling Rate: 15 Minutes
30. Given a connection that terminates on an IGX 8400 FRM at one end and an ASI on the other end, tstdelay initiated at the FRM end may not work if the ASI firmware is below the appropriate revision and does not support OAM cells as opposed to supervisory cells. This is because the updated BTM on the IGX will always generate OAM cells. Please check the Compatibility Matrix.
31. Because the detailed card error event log is not retained within BRAM, this information will be lost should a processor rebuild occur. Therefore, when issuing a dspcderrscommandon a particular slot, the display will not show the detailed card error information should a rebuild event occur. This functionality has not been modified from previous releases.
32. When a physical-layer failure (for example, LOS) is detected on the BXM, a Major Alarm is generated, and any connection routed over that port is downed (fail state). The software sends a command to the remote end of the connection to generate AIS in the egress direction (CSCdj30543).
Impact:
Since the connection is in a failed state, AIS is generated in the upstream direction (in addition to the downstream direction). Although this does conform to the letter of the I.610 standard, this is not necessarily what a user would expect to see, because it interferes with the RDI response from the end-to-end connection termination point. (A fault in the downstream direction causes a fault in the upstream direction.)
Reason for the current implementation:
The BNI can not generate AIS. If there is a fault at a BNI trunk, the current mechanism is to cause AIS to be generated by the BXM port by downing the connection. Since the BXM can generate only OAM cells from the RCMP, and the RCMP is in the ingress path, the cells must be backward routed to the egress (egress QE). Also, since end-to-end OAM cells are required, the ingress QE must be configured to drop ALL cells in the ingress path. This creates a break in continuity in the opposite direction, and AIS cells must also be generated at the other end of the same connection, in the upstream direction of the original fault.
33. There are problems in the downgrade mechanism that can cause database corruption. If a downgrade is performed immediately after upgrading, the Stby_Info revision fields are not yet filled in on the new active CC. They don't get filled in until there is an upcard response from the new locked CC. This causes a restart instead of a switchcc. If the locked CC is reset, then downgrade immediately, a restart will occur instead of a switchcc. (CSCdj30811).
34. In order to test/simulate the Y-redundant switchover of ASI T3 or E3 pairs the resetcdcommand must be used, or by pulling out the active card. It will not be correctly simulated by doing a dncd (down card) on the active card. Using dncd will cause cell discards (CSCdj08923).
35. UBR traffic gains an advantage over ABR traffic when UBR and ABR PVCs are combined on the same network. This is because UBR and ABR PVCs share the same Qbin (Class of Service Queue) on the BXM card. ABR PVCs use a flow control mechanism, VSVD, which ensures that traffic sources slow down when the Qbin usage exceeds the EFCI threshold. However, UBR PVCs do not have this throttling mechanism. Therefore, ABR will throttle back whereas UBR will not. This unfair advantage is not considered a problem, since the decision to share a Qbin for ABR and UBR traffic was intentional. Any best-effort service that one would route over UBR can be routed over ABR(VSVD), with the additional benefit of protecting resources in the network. If UBR and ABR PVCs are required then:
Option 1: Consider adding all best-effort PVCs as UBR
Option 2: Isolate the ABR and UBR paths by using cnfpref command to ensure that ABR and UBR PVCs do not share the same queues.
Option 3: To provide UBR service on a connection, rather than setting up a UBR connection, do the following:
Step 1 Set up an ABRSTD connection.
Step 2 Enable VSVD.
Step 3 Disable FCES (Flow Control External Segment).
Step 4 Disable DEFAULT EXTENDED PARAMETERS.
Step 5 Choose policing option "4" to allow access as UBR.1 (PCR policing only). This connection has ABR VSVD in the network and allows UBR.1 access. The MCR for such ABRSTD connection may be set at the minimum acceptable value of 6 cells per second (explained later to do so).
To provide ABR service on a connection, set up an ABRSTD connection, enable VSVD and enable FCES to allow RM cells to be passed to and from customer equipment. The MCR for such ABRSTD connections can be set at any user-desired value.
When the network is experiencing congestion, all the affected ABRSTD connections, regardless of the services (ABR or UBR) they are carrying, will all be throttled back at the VSVD points at the network edge. During network congestion, connections carrying UBR services are virtually stopped (to a throughput of a mere 6 cps) while connections carrying ABR services can send at a much higher, user-desired MCR. This option would avoid that UBR service gains an unfair advantage over ABR service while sharing the same CoS queue.
36. Combining Frame Based Traffic Control (FBTC) and non-FBTC connections within a Class of Service can cause FBTC connections to not receive a fair share of bandwidth. For example, if VBR connections are added at a terminating port, and some of these VBR connections have FBTC enabled while other VBR connections have FBTC disabled, the VBR connections with FBTC disabled may obtain all of the excess bandwidth before the connections with FBTC enabled receive any of the excess bandwidth. The same holds true for ABR or UBR connections. This is relevant only where FBTC and non-FBTC connections share a Qbin, either at a port or at a trunk.
37. The maximum number of VC PARMs supported: 749 for BCC-32 MB, 2,999 for BCC-64 MB. (CSCdj48589).
VC PARMs are Virtual Circuit Parameters combinations/sets. One set of VC Parameter is used for each unique Virtual Circuit that has been provisioned. Identically provisioned VCs (exclusive of end points) use the same set of parameters. Thus, on a 32MB BCC, a total of 749 uniquely configured Virtual Circuits can be provisioned.
38. Care must be taken when changing the Deroute Delay parameter, which is controlled by the cnftrkcommand. This defaults to zero, but if set to anything but zero, connection rerouting, due to a trunk failure, will be delayed as provided by the parameter.
Required Workarounds
1. When adding a node into an existing network, ensure that its node number is unique prior to a actually adding it into the network. Use the rnmnd command, and renumber the individual node while it is still stand-alone. This will make the joining of this node much simpler, and will avoid the problem of a node renumbering an active network, as described below.
2. There is a problem with node renumbering. Node renumbering (the rnmnd command) should be executed only during a stable network environment and only if absolutely necessary. A stable network environment would be, for example, one in which no connection was added for the past 30 minutes and no topology change was made in the last hour and there are no alarms or node unreachabilities. Node renumbering must be done only when the network is stable to reduce the possibility of certain temporarily blocked messages during the node renumbering process from being delivered to the wrong nodes. This would occur after the completion of the node renumbering process. It is recommended that a node be renumbered prior to being added to the network.
3. The settling time for network-wide updates can take a long time in certain situations. Specifically, the settling time for updates due to network-wide topology changes and connections in a large network when a processor switchover occurs can take a long time. The time is proportional to the number of nodes as well as the number of connections. A general estimate would be 30 seconds per node. During the period of transitions (when the updates are occurring) some network operations such as adding connections might in some cases take somewhat longer to complete.
4. When using Cisco Wan Manager, there could be a problem with communicating with a node that just had a processor switchover. The problem is within the SPARCstation itself and its caching of EtherNet addresses. It can be solved by execution the following command on the workstation as the superuser: # arp -d <node_name>
5. Users may not use the command addcon slot.1-24 v to add 24 voice connections to a CVM/UVM at once. Instead, they must separate this activity into two or more commands, so that no more than 16 connections are added at once. This is an issue only for voice connections. Data connections can be added using the "1-24" syntax. This also applies when the CVM/UVM circuit line is an E1, in which case "1-32" would apply (CSCdj14319).
6. Statistics must be disabled prior to the start of an upgrade, prior to the issuing of the first loadrev command. Statistics should be disabled from the Cisco Wan Manager, which is the Statistics collection manager.
7. Statistics sampling must be disabled prior to the start of an upgrade (usingoff1/off2), prior to the issuing of the first loadrev command. Statistics sampling state machines should be disabled from the Command Line Interface.
8. When a switchcc is executed on a BPX 8600 configured with two BCC-4 cards and contains a BXM-622 trunk card, there may be a bad clock path problem reported. It is indicated as a Minor Alarm - bad clock path. This is a transitory problem, although the alarm indication persists. To clear this, execute the clrclkalm command.
Additional Documentation
In order to take advantage of the dual SIU when upgrading to the BCC-4, the BPX 8600 node must have a new backplane which has dual traces incorporating with the BCC-4.
The command dspbpnv can be issued to verify if the node has the new backplane or the old backplane. The following chart details the bit fields for the BCC Backplane NOVRAM format, the values in bytes numbered 4 and 5 describe the back plane type.
The command cnfbpnv can be used to configure the backplane, if backplane is so enabled.
16-Bit Word
Byte # (hex)
Contents
0
0,1
Hardware revision
1
2,3
Backplane Type (usually 0x65=101 decimal)
2
4,5
Backplane version (0x0000:old 0x0001:new)
3
6,7
Backplane serial number in ASCII - MSB
4
8,9
Backplane serial number in ASCII - MSB
5
A,B
Backplane serial number in ASCII - LSB
6
C,D
Board FAB number, in ASCII - MSB
7
E,F
Board FAB number, in ASCII - MSB
8
10,11
Board FAB number, in ASCII - MSB
9
12,13
Board FAB number, in ASCII - MSB
A
14,15
Board FAB number, in ASCII - MSB
B
16,17
Board FAB number, in ASCII - LSB
C
18,19
Unused
D
1A,1B
Unused
E
1C,1D
Unused
F
1E,1F
Checksum bytes - Not supported
The peak intervals are controlled to be only those values for which peaks can be accurately collected. The rules for peak intervals are as follows:
It cannot be 0.
It must be a multiple of the polling interval.
It must be a factor of the bucket interval.
It can be the same as the bucket interval.
There are additional commands to control trunk and line loopbacks in this release:
addlnlocrmtlp <trunk> | <line>
On the node on which it is executed, it creates a loopback within the port such that the cells do not leave the card.
addlnloclp <trunk> | <line>
On the node on which it is executed, it creates a loop such that incoming cells are looped back to the other end.
dellnlp <trunk> | <line>
Removes the loopback added by either of the above two commands.
The card synchronization (Hitless-switchcc) feature can be turned on/off using on3/off3 command. For example, enter at the command line:
on3 4
This will enable the card-synchronization feature.
off3 4
This will disable the card-synchronization feature.
In order for the feature to work, the line statistics sampling should always be enabled (via on2 1 command) and the front card installed must support the card-synchronization feature. The dspcd command provides an easy way to determine whether the front card supports this new feature. If the front card supports the feature, the following message is shown on the dspcd screen:
Front card supports card synchronization
Additional debug commands are added to allow synchronization between the interface card and the CC database:
synccd <slot_number>|*
The <slot_number> is for a particular slot that supports the card synchronization feature; * For all cards that support the card-synchronization feature.
dspsyncstats <slot_number>|*
This command displays the number of connections reconciled during the synchronization process after a switchcc for different slots.
* For all slots supporting this feature.
Compatibility Notes
For a complete list of firmware revisions supported, see the Compatibility Matrix document, which is included in this release package.
This release will run with Release 4.0.0x, 4.1.0x, or 5.0.0x of the MGX 8220.
Compatibility Matrix
BPX 8600 Firmware Compatibility
PCB Description
dspcds Name
Card Name in FW Image
Model
Latest F/W
Min F/W
BCC boot
BCC
BCC
B
HBJ
HBJ
BCC3-32 boot
BCC-3
BCC
C
HCM
HCM
BCC3-64 boot
BCC-3
BCC
D
HDM
HDM
BCC4 boot
BCC-4
BCC
E
HEM
HEM
BCC4-128 boot
BCC-4
BCC
H
HHM
HHM
ASI 2T3/2E3
ASI-T3
ASI
C
UCF
UCF
ASI 2T3/2E3
ASI-E3
ASI
C
UCF
UCF
ASI-155-E
ASI155E
ASI-155
E
WEC
WEC
ASI-155
ASI-155
ASI-155
H
WHC
WHC
ASM
ASM
A
GAC
GAC
BNI-3T3/3E3
BNI-T3
BNI
C
TCM
TCM
BNI-3T3/3E3
BNI-E3
BNI
C
TCM
TCM
BNI-155
BNI-155
BNI-155
B
VBR
VBR
BNI-155-E
BNI155E
BNI-155
D
VDR
VDR
BXM-BME
BME
BME
K
n/s
n/s
BXM-T3-8/12
BXM-T3
BXM
E
MEK
MEB
BXM-T3-8/12
BXM-T3
BXM
F
MFU
MFJ
BXM-E3-8/12
BXM-E3
BXM
E
MEK
MEB
BXM-E3-8/12
BXM-E3
BXM
F
MFU
MFJ
BXM-155-4/8
BXM-155
BXM
E
MEK
MEB
BXM-155-4/8
BXM-155
BXM
F
MFU
MFJ
BXM-622/622-2
BXM-622
BXM
E
MEK
MEB
BXM-622/622-2
BXM-622
BXM
F
MFU
MFJ
BXM-T3-8E/12E/12EX
BXM-T3
BXM
E
MEK
MED
BXM-T3-8E/12E/12EX
BXM-T3
BXM
F
MFU
MFJ
BXM-E3-8E/12E/12EX
BXM-E3
BXM
E
MEK
MED
BXM-E3-8E/12E/12EX
BXM-E3
BXM
F
MFU
MFJ
BXM-155-4D/8D/4DX/8DX
BXM-155
BXM
E
MEK
MED
BXM-155-4D/8D/4DX/8DX
BXM-155
BXM
F
MFU
MFJ
BXM-622-2D/DX/2DX
BXM-622
BXM
E
MEK
MED
BXM-622-2D/DX/2DX
BXM-622
BXM
F
MFU
MFJ
IGX 8400 Firmware Compatibility
PCB Description
dspcds Name
Card Name in Firmware Image
Model
Latest F/W
Min F/W
NPM boot
NPM
NPM
A
RAS
RAR
NPM 32 boot
NPM
NPM
B
RBS
RBR
NPM 64 boot
NPM
NPM|NPM-64
C
RCS
RCR
NPM-B 32 boot
NPM
NPM|NPM-32B
E
RES
RER
NPM-B 64 boot
NPM
NPM|NPM-64B
F
RFS
RFR
IGX-ALM/A
ALM
ALM-A
A
CAF
CAE
IGX-ALM/B
ALM
ALM-B
B
CBL
CBH
IGX-BTM/B
BTM
BTM
A
IAF
IAF
IGX-BTM/B
BTM
BTM
B
IBL
IBL
IGX-BTM/B
BTM
BTM
D
IDC
IDC
IGX-CVM-DS0A
CVM
CVM
A
DAF
DAF
IGX-CVM
CVM
CVM
B
DBF
DBF
IGX-CVM-TT
CVM
CVM
C
DCA
DCA
IGX-FRM
FRM
FRM
D
FDZ
FDZ
IGX-FRM-31
FRM
FRM-31
E
FEZ
FEZ
IGX-FRM-2
FRM
FRM-2
F
FFD
FFD
FRM (B)
FRM
FRM
H
FHB
FHB
IGX-FRM
FRM
FRM
J
FJB
FJA
IGX-FRM-31
FRM
FRM-31
K
FKB
FKA
IGX-FTM
FTM
FTM
B
JBJ
JBJ
IGX-FTM
FTM
FTM
C
JCB
JCB
IGX-HDM
HDM
HDM
C
SCF
SCF
IGX-LDM
LDM
LDM
C
LCC
LCB
IGX-NTM
NTM
NTM
E
NEK
NEK
IGX-NTM (B)
NTM
NTM
F
NFK
NFH
IGX-UFM-4C/8C
UFM
UFM-C
A
ZAW
ZAN
IGX-UFM-4C/8C
UFM
UFM-C
B
ZBH
ZBA
IGX-UFM-8C
UFM
UFM-C
C
n/s
n/s
IGX-UFM-U
UFMU
UFM-U
A
YAP
YAH
IGX-UFM-U
UFMU
UFM-U
B
YBF
YBA
IGX-UFM-U
UFMU
UFM-U
C
n/s
n/s
IGX-UVM
UVM
UVM
A
DAE
DAC
IGX-UVM
UVM
UVM
B
DBD
DBD
IGX-UVM
UVM
UVM
C
DCA
DCA
IGX-UVM
UVM
UVM
D
DDF
DDF
IGX-UVM
UVM
UVM
E
DEH
DEA
IGX-UXM
UXM
UXM
B
ABL
ABJ
IGX-UXME
UXM
UXM
B
ABL
ABJ
Note IGX-UVM model E supersedes models A, B, and C firmware. A, B, and C are obsoleted and should not
be used.
MGX 8220 Firmware Compatibility
5.0
4.1
4.0
PCB Description
CW2000 Name
Latest F/W
Min F/W
Latest F/W
Min F/W
Latest F/W
Min F/W
ASC F/W
ASC
5.0.18
5.0.10
4.1.12
4.1.00
4.0.21
4.0.04
ASC Boot
ASC
1.0.03
1.0.01
1.0.03
4.0.04
1.0.01
4.0.03
ASC/2 FW
ASC
5.0.18
5.0.10
4.1.12
4.1.00
4.0.21
4.0.09
ASC/2 Boot
ASC
1.0.03
1.0.01
1.0.03
4.0.04
1.0.01
4.0.04
ASC/2F FW
ASC
5.0.18
5.0.10
4.1.12
4.1.05
4.0.21
4.0.21
ASC/2F Boot
ASC
1.0.03
1.0.01
1.0.03
1.0.01
1.0.01
1.0.01
BNM-T3
BNM-T3
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
BNM-E3
BNM-E3
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
BNM-155
BNM-155
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
FRSM-4T1
FRSM-4T1
4.0.24
4.0.19
4.0.24
4.0.13
4.0.19
4.0.04
FRSM-4E1
FRSM-4E1
4.0.24
4.0.19
4.0.24
4.0.13
4.0.19
4.0.04
FRSM-4T1-C
FRSM-4T1-C
4.0.24
4.0.19
4.0.24
4.0.13
4.0.19
4.0.04
FRSM-4E1-C
FRSM-4E1-C
4.0.24
4.0.19
4.0.24
4.0.13
4.0.19
4.0.04
FRSM Boot
FRSM-4T1
4.0.00
4.0.00
4.0.00
4.0.00
4.0.00
4.0.00
FRSM Boot
FRSM-4E1
4.0.00
4.0.00
4.0.00
4.0.00
4.0.00
4.0.00
FRSM Boot
FRSM-4T1-C
4.0.00
4.0.00
4.0.00
4.0.00
4.0.00
4.0.00
FRSM Boot
FRSM-4E1-C
4.0.00
4.0.00
4.0.00
4.0.00
4.0.00
4.0.00
SRM T1E1 (B)
SRM-T1E1
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
SRM 3T3
SRM-3T3
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
CESM-4T1
CESM-4T1
4.0.18
4.0.15
4.0.18
4.0.11
4.0.15
4.0.04
CESM-4E1
CESM-4E1
4.0.18
4.0.15
4.0.18
4.0.11
4.0.15
4.0.04
CESM Boot
CESM-4T1
4.0.01
4.0.01
4.0.01
4.0.00
4.0.01
4.0.00
CESM Boot
CESM-4E1
4.0.01
4.0.01
4.0.01
4.0.00
4.0.01
4.0.00
CESM-8T1
CESM-8T1
5.0.15
4.1.05
4.1.10
4.1.00
n/s
n/s
CESM-8E1
CESM-8E1
5.0.15
4.1.05
4.1.10
4.1.00
n/s
n/s
CESM-8 Boot
CESM-8T1
1.0.02
1.0.01
1.0.02
4.1.00
n/s
n/s
CESM-8 Boot
CESM-8E1
1.0.02
1.0.01
1.0.02
4.1.00
n/s
n/s
AUSM-4T1
AUSM-4T1
4.0.22
4.0.19
4.0.22
4.0.13
4.0.19
4.0.04
AUSM-4E1
AUSM-4E1
4.0.22
4.0.19
4.0.22
4.0.13
4.0.19
4.0.04
AUSM Boot
AUSM-4T1
4.0.00
4.0.00
4.0.00
4.0.00
4.0.00
4.0.00
AUSM Boot
AUSM-4E1
4.0.00
4.0.00
4.0.00
4.0.00
4.0.00
4.0.00
FRSM-8T1
FRSM-8T1
5.0.16
5.0.10
4.0.25
4.0.13
4.0.19
4.0.04
FRSM-8E1
FRSM-8E1
5.0.16
5.0.10
4.0.25
4.0.13
4.0.19
4.0.04
FRSM-8T1 Boot
FRSM-8T1
1.0.02
1.0.01
1.0.02
4.0.01
1.0.01
4.0.00
FRSM-8E1 Boot
FRSM-8E1
1.0.02
1.0.01
1.0.02
4.0.01
1.0.01
4.0.00
AUSM-8T1
AUSM-8T1
5.0.16
5.0.10
4.0.25
4.0.14
4.0.20
4.0.04
AUSM-8E1
AUSM-8E1
5.0.16
5.0.10
4.0.25
4.0.14
4.0.20
4.0.04
AUSMB-8T1
AUSMB-8T1
5.0.16
5.0.10
4.0.25
4.0.19
4.0.20
4.0.19
AUSMB-8E1
AUSMB-8E1
5.0.16
5.0.10
4.0.25
4.0.19
4.0.20
4.0.19
AUSM-8T1E1 Boot
AUSM-8T1
1.0.02
1.0.01
1.0.02
4.0.01
1.0.01
4.0.00
AUSM-8T1E1 Boot
AUSM-8E1
1.0.02
1.0.01
1.0.02
4.0.01
1.0.01
4.0.00
AUSM-8T1E1 Boot
AUSMB-8T1
1.0.02
1.0.01
1.0.02
4.0.01
1.0.01
4.0.00
AUSM-8T1E1 Boot
AUSMB-8E1
1.0.02
1.0.01
1.0.02
4.0.01
1.0.01
4.0.00
FRSM-HS1
FRSM-HS1
5.0.15
4.0.16
4.0.21
4.0.11
4.0.16
4.0.04
FRSM-HS1/B
FRSM-HS1/B
5.0.15
4.0.16
4.0.21
4.0.11
4.0.16
4.0.04
FRSM-HS1 Boot
FRSM-HS1
1.0.02
1.0.01
1.0.02
4.0.00
1.0.01
4.0.00
FRSM-HS1 Boot
FRSM-HS1/B
1.0.02
1.0.01
1.0.02
4.0.00
1.0.01
4.0.00
FRSM-HS2
FRSM-HS2
5.0.14
5.0.10
n/s
n/s
n/s
n/s
FRSM-HS2 Boot
FRSM-HS2
1.0.01
1.0.01
n/s
n/s
n/s
n/s
IMATM
IMATM-T3T1
n/s
n/s
4.0.23
4.0.13
4.0.19
4.0.04
IMATM
IMATM-E3E1
n/s
n/s
4.0.23
4.0.13
4.0.19
4.0.04
IMATM
IMATMB-T1
5.0.15
5.0.10
4.0.23
4.0.13
4.0.19
4.0.04
IMATM
IMATMB-E1
5.0.15
5.0.10
4.0.23
4.0.13
4.0.19
4.0.04
IMATM Boot
IMATM-T3T1
n/s
n/s
1.0.02
4.0.01
1.0.01
4.0.01
IMATM Boot
IMATM-E3E1
n/s
n/s
1.0.02
4.0.01
1.0.01
4.0.01
IMATM Boot
IMATMB-T1
1.0.02
1.0.01
1.0.02
4.0.01
1.0.01
4.0.01
IMATM Boot
IMATMB-E1
1.0.02
1.0.01
1.0.02
4.0.01
1.0.01
4.0.01
MGX 8250 1.1.3x Firmware Compatibility
PCB Description
CW2000 Name
Latest F/W
Min F/W
PXM1
PXM-1
1.1.34
1.1.32
PXM1-2-T3E3
PXM1-2T3E3
1.1.34
1.1.32
PXM1-4-155
PXM1-4OC3
1.1.34
1.1.32
PXM1-1-622
PXM1-OC12
1.1.34
1.1.32
MGX-SRM-3T3/C
SRM-3T3
n/a
n/a
AX-CESM-8E1
CESM-8E1
10.0.22
10.0.21
AX-CESM-8T1
CESM-8T1
10.0.22
10.0.21
MGX-AUSM-8E1/B
AUSMB-8E1
10.0.22
10.0.21
MGX-AUSM-8T1/B
AUSMB-8T1
10.0.22
10.0.21
MGX-CESM-T3
CESM-T3
10.0.22
10.0.21
MGX-CESM-E3
CESM-E3
10.0.22
10.0.21
AX-FRSM-8E1/E1-C
FRSM-8E1
10.0.22
10.0.21
AX-FRSM-8T1/T1-C
FRSM-8T1
10.0.22
10.0.21
MGX-FRSM-HS2
FRSM-HS2
10.0.22
10.0.22
MGX-FRSM-2CT3
FRSM-2CT3
10.0.22
10.0.22
MGX-FRSM-2T3E3
FRSM-2T3
10.0.23
10.0.22
MGX-FRSM-2T3E3
FRSM-2E3
10.0.23
10.0.22
MGX-FRSM-HS1/B
FRSM-HS1/B
10.0.22
10.0.21
MGX-VISM-8T1
VISM-8T1
2.1.(1)
1.5.05
MGX-VISM-8E1
VISM-8E1
2.1.(1)
1.5.05
MGX-RPM-128M/B
RPM
12.1(5.3)T_XT
12.1(5.3)T_XT
MGX-RPM-PR
12.1(5.3)T_XT
12.1(5.3)T_XT
CWM
10.4.10
10.4
MGX 8850 1.1.3x Firmware Compatibility
PCB Description
CW2000 Name
Latest F/W
Min F/W
PXM1
PXM-1
1.1.34
1.1.32
PXM1-2-T3E3
PXM1-2T3E3
1.1.34
1.1.32
PXM1-4-155
PXM1-4OC3
1.1.34
1.1.32
PXM1-1-622
PXM1-OC12
1.1.34
1.1.32
MGX-SRM-3T3/B
SRM-3T3
n/a
n/a
MGX-SRM-3T3/C
SRM-3T3
n/a
n/a
AX-CESM-8E1
CESM-8E1
10.0.22
10.0.21
AX-CESM-8T1
CESM-8T1
10.0.22
10.0.21
MGX-AUSM-8E1/B
AUSMB-8E1
10.0.22
10.0.21
MGX-AUSM-8T1/B
AUSMB-8T1
10.0.22
10.0.21
MGX-CESM-T3
CESM-T3
10.0.22
10.0.21
MGX-CESM-E3
CESM-E3
10.0.22
10.0.21
AX-FRSM-8E1/E1-C
FRSM-8E1
10.0.22
10.0.21
AX-FRSM-8T1/T1-C
FRSM-8T1
10.0.22
10.0.21
MGX-FRSM-HS2
FRSM-HS2
10.0.23
10.0.22
MGX-FRSM-2CT3
FRSM-2CT3
10.0.23
10.0.22
MGX-FRSM-2T3E3
FRSM-2T3
10.0.23
10.0.22
MGX-FRSM-2T3E3
FRSM-2E3
10.0.23
10.0.22
MGX-FRSM-HS1/B
FRSM-HS1/B
10.0.22
10.0.21
MGX-VISM-8T1
VISM-8T1
2.1.(1)
1.5.05
MGX-VISM-8E1
VISM-8E1
2.1.(1)
1.5.05
MGX-RPM-128M/B
RPM
12.1(5.3)T_XT
12.1(5.3)T_XT
MGX-RPM-PR
12.1(5.3)T_XT
12.1(5.3)T_XT
CWM
10.4.10
10.4
BPX 8600 Hardware Compatibility
Card Type
Part Numbers
Latest H/W
Min. H/W
Controller Cards
BPX-BCC-32M (Non-Orderable)
73-213840-00
P
A
BPX-BCC-64M (Non-Orderable)
800-04008-04
A
A
BPX-BCC-BC (Non-Orderable)
73-211380-00
D
A
BPX-BCC-3-32M (Non-Orderable)
800-04004-04
R
J
BPX-BCC-3-64M
73-3720-02
R
J
BCC-3BC
800-02916-01
E
A
BPX-BCC4V
800-03580-06
E
C
BPX-BCC4V/B
800-06483-02
C
A
Alarm Group
BPX-ASM
800-04009-01
C
A
BPX-ASM-BC
73-211910-00
C
A
ASM-LM
800-211910-10
B
A
BroadBand Switch Group
BPX-BXM-T3-8
800-02777-07
H
A
BPX-BXM-E3-8
800-02779-07
H
A
BPX-BXM-T3-12
800-02776-07
H
A
BPX-BXM-E3-12
800-02778-07
H
A
BPX-T3/E3-BC
73-2759-02
A
A
BPX-BXM-155-8
800-02664-07
H
B (C for APS)
BPX-MMF-155-8-BC
800-03255-01
B
A
BPX-SMF-155-8-BC
800-03257-01
B
A
BPX-SMFLR-155-8-BC
800-02593-02
B
A
BPX-BXM-155-4
800-02666-07
H
B (C for APS)
BPX-MMF-155-4-BC
800-03256-01
B
A
BPX-SMF-155-4-BC
800-03258-01
B
A
BPX-SMFLR-155-4-BC
800-02594-02
B
A
BPX-BXM-622
800-02646-10
L
D (E for APS)
BPX-BXM-622-2
800-02638-10
L
D (E for APS)
BPX-622-2-BC
73-2884-01
D
A
BPX-SMF-622-BC
800-03249-01
C
A
BPX-SMF-622-2-BC
800-03251-01
C
A
BPX-SMFLR-622-BC
800-03250-01
C
A
BPX-SMFLR-622-2-BC
800-03252-01
D
A
BPX-XLR-622
800-02738-01
C
A
BPX-XLR-622-2
800-02739-01
C
A
BPX-BME
800-02855-04
B
A
BPX-BME-OC12
73-2469-07
F
A
BPX-BXM-E-T3-8E
800-03933-02
A
A
BPX-BXM-E-E3-8E
800-03928-02
A
A
BPX-BXM-E-T3-12E
800-03931-02
A
A
BPX-BXM-E-E3-12E
800-03929-02
A
A
BPX-BXM-E-T3-12EX
800-03934-02
A
A
BPX-BXM-E-E3-12EX
800-03930-02
A
A
BPX-BXM-E-155-4D
800-03094-02
A
A
BPX-BXM-E-155-4DX
800-03093-02
A
A
BPX-BXM-E-155-8D
800-03092-02
A
A
BPX-BXM-E-155-8DX
800-03091-02
A
A
BPX-BXM-E-622-DX
800-03151-02
A
A
BPX-BXM-E-622-2D
800-03150-02
A
A
BPX-BXM-E-622-2DX
800-03149-02
A
A
RDNT-SMF-155-4R
800-03677-01
J
A
RDNT-SMF-155-8R
800-03679-01
K
A
RDNT-LR-155-8R
800-03678-01
J
A
RDNT-LR-622-2R
800-03676-01
F
A
RDNT-SMF-622R
800-03675-01
F
A
RDNT-SMF-622-2R
800-03674-01
J
A
BPX-T3/E3
800-03058-02
E
A
BPX-E3-BC
73-213070-01
E
A
BPX-MMF-2-BC
73-214290-00
D
A
BPX-SMF-2-BC
73-216270-00
D
A
BPX-SMFLR-2-BC
73-216270-01
D
A
BPX-STM1-EL-4
800-03716-02
A
A
BNI-3-T3/C
800-02858-02
A
A
BNI-3-E3/C
800-02859-02
A
A
SMF-LM-OC3
800-216270-10
C
A
SMF-LM-OC3-LR
800-216270-11
C
A
MMF-LM-OC3
800-214290-10
B
A
LM-3T3
800-213070-10
D
A
LM-3E3
800-213070-11
D
A
IGX 8400 Hardware Compatibility
Card Type
Part Numbers
Latest H/W
Min. H/W
* Note Below
Controller Cards
IGX-NPM-32
73-2894-01
W
A
IGX-NPM-64
73-2895-01
W
A
IGX-NPM-32B
73-2554-04
L
A
IGX-NPM-64B
73-2363-02
C
A
IGX-SCM
73-3341-01
Y
A
Revision X or later for nodes with UXM IMA trunks
Alarm Group
IGX-ARM
73-218230-00
B
A
BC-512011
73-212360-00
D
A
Trunk Group
IGX-NTM
73-2296-04
E
A
BC-6271A-TI
73-207380-00
M
A
BC-6171A-E1
73-207370-01
P
A
BC-6083A-SR
73-208540-00
J
A
BC-550150-Y1
73-210820-01
D
A
IGX-BTM/B
73-3005-02
B
A*
"*Show AIT H/W Rev, BTM(B)=AIT+ACM1"
ACM1
73-2921-03
W
A
BC-571110A-T3
73-2879-01
L
A
BC-571210A-E3
73-2679-01
K
A
BC-571310A-E2
73-215940-00
D
A
AIT BC HSSI/E2
BC-571410A-HSSI
73-216370-00
A
A
AIT GIM HSSI
IGX-ALM/A
73-2558-03
J
A
IGX-ALM/B
73-2558-03
J
A
BC-UAI-1T3
73-217040-00
C
A
BC-UAI-1E3
73-2986-01
E
A
IGX-UXM
73-2511-03
D
A
BC-UAI-4-155-SMF
73-2703-03
D
A
BC-UAI-4-155-MMF
73-2705-03
D
A
BC-UAI-2-155-SMF
73-2699-03
C
A
BC-UAI-6-T3
73-2952-02
A
A
BC-UAI-3-T3
73-2954-02
A
A
BC-UAI-6-E3
73-2953-02
A
A
BC-UAI-3-E3
73-2955-02
A
A
BC-UAI-8-E1-BNC
73-2932-02
C
A
BC-UAI-4-E1-BNC
73-3061-01
C
A
BC-UAI-8-T1-DB15
73-2941-02
C
A
BC-UAI-8-E1-DB15
73-2942-02
C
A
BC-UAI-4-T1-DB15
73-3059-01
C
A
BC-UAI-4-E1-DB15
73-3060-01
C
A
BC-UAI-4-STM1E
73-3364-02
A
A
Port Group
IGX-FTM
73-2519-01
M*
A*
"*Show FTC H/W Rev, FTM=FTC+ACM1A"
ACM1A
73-2930-03
W
A
BC-6351A-V35
73-213240-00
E
A
FPC-V.35
BC-6352A-T1
73-213420-00
C
A
FPC-T1
BC-6353A-E1
73-213410-00
B
A
FPC-E1
BC-6354A-X21
73-214120-00
C
A
FPC-X21
IGX-HDM
73-2853-02
A
F
"*Show SDP H/W Rev, HDM=SDP+ACM2"
ACM2
73-2922-03
T
A
BC-5082A-V35
73-2450-01
K
A
BC-5083A-RS449
73-204850-00
V
A
BC-5084B-RS232
73-2723-01
W
A
IGX-LDM
73-207250-00
K
A
"*Show LDP H/W Rev, LDM=LDP+ACM1A"
BC-5286A-RS232
73-207180-01
L
A
LDI-4RS232
BC-5287A-RS232
73-207180-00
L
A
LDI-8RS232
IGX-CVM-DSOA
73-3002-02
D
A*
"*Show CDP H/W Rev, CVM=CDP+ACM1A"
IGX-CVM-T1EC
73-3003-03
E
A*
"*Show CDP H/W Rev, CVM=CDP+ACM1A"
IGX-CVM-E1EC
73-209660-00
H*
A*
"*Show CDP H/W Rev, CVM=CDP+ACM1A"
BC-6271A-TI
73-207380-00
M
A
BC-6171A-E1
73-207370-01
P
A
BC-550100-J1
73-210820-00
C
A
IGX-FRM
73-2517-03
N
A
IGX-FRM-31
73-2517-03
N
A
IGX-FRM-2
73-2519-01
M*
A*
"*Show FRP H/W Rev, FRM-2=FRP+ACM1A"
BC-6251B-V35
73-3253-01
M
A
FRI-4V.35-2
BC-6254A-X21
73-211440-00
H
A
FRI-X.21
BC-6355A-X21
73-214120-01
C
A
FRI-2X21
IGX-UFM-4C
73-2531-05
N
A
IGX-UFM-8C
73-2531-05
N
A
BC-UFI-8T1-DB15
73-2444-02
D
A
BC-UFI-8E1-DB15
73-2445-02
D
A
BC-UFI-8E1-BNC
73-2449-02
D
A
IGX-UFM-U
73-2349-04
D
A
BC-UFI-12V35
73-2711-01
D
A
BC-UFI-12X21
73-2712-01
D
A
BC-UFI-4HSSI
73-2693-01
C
A
IGX-UVM
73-2361-04
K
A
BC-UVI-2E1EC
73-2420-01
B
A
BC-UVI-2T1EC
73-2373-01
C
A
BC-UVI-2J1EC
73-2374-01
A
A
Known Anomalies in Release 9.2.43
The following table lists the known anomalies for this release.
A more in-depth discussion is available in the release note enclosure of the problem record in Bug Navigator.
Bug ID
Description
CSCdk22430
Symptom: Checksum word 15 of backplane nvram is not recalculated when words 0-14 are updated using cnfbpnv.
Conditions: Observed with BPX 9.1.01.
Workaround: No workaround is available at this time.
CSCdk83372
Symptom: While attempting to download switch software to a node, the dspdnld screen would show the download progressing and then suddenly stop and begin the download anew. No messages are logged in the event log (dsplog) which describe the nature of the problem. The output from the tftpstats, dspilacc, or dsppna commands do not really give a clear picture either.
Conditions: Unknown what background conditions cause the process to fail.
Workaround: No known workaround.
Further Problem Description:
This DDTs report was raised to address the need for further debugging/log output to diagnose these file load failure issues. Without further information no judgment as to the actual root cause of the failure can be determined.
CSCdm22426
Symptom: While using jobs to down or up the connection based on a jobtrigger, the job will fail if dspbob is executed while the control signal toggle.
Conditions: Observed with IGX 8.2.56.
Workaround: Retrigger the job after dspbob.
CSCdm47794
Symptom: The Hold Over clock locks at 4.9ppm on a BXM srm-1 line when the input clock increases beyond 5 ppm. When the input clock comes back down even to 0 ppm, the hold over clock stays at 4.9 ppm and never recovers.
Conditions: BPX running 9.1.10 with a BXM line card 4 port with MBY firmware and an STRM-1 4 port back card.
Workaround: resetcd after the input clock falls below 4.9 ppm clears the holdover problem.
CSCdp44912
Symptom: Upgrade from IGX 9.1.04 to 9.1.16 causes UXM Y-red card to go into mismatch.
Conditions: Same as above.
Workaround: delyred can be performed to avoid this condition.
Further Problem Description: Problem isolated "VC shaping" upgrade mechanism.
CSCdp48861
Symptom: The customer may notice slow UI response or a difficulty logging into the node using the normal VT session. The dspprfhist shows high RT usage in the TRNS process. The thstats shows high RT usage by state machine 55 (0x33).
Conditions: This is due to statistics updates for voice connections. It may be seen on nodes with a high number of voice cards and voice connections (IGX with CVMs and/or UVMs).
Workaround: The command off1 17 can be performed. This will stop the collection of voice connection statistics (for all connections, not just voice), as well as the operation of the debug command dspchstats.
If statistics must be collected, limit the number of statistics. Frame Relay statistics are collected at 5 minute intervals (configurable up to 15 minutes). Most voice statistics are reported at 1 minute intervals, but the following statistics are reported at 3 second intervals:
Seconds V.25 Modem On
Seconds DSI Enabled
Seconds Off-Hook
Seconds In Service
CSCdr05291
Symptom: switchIfService must be specified to delete feeder trunks, but not routing trunks.
Conditions: This requirement confuses CiscoView users.
Workaround: Use the CLI commands to delete feeder trunks.
CSCdr25278
Symptom: The SUT and EMS are not indicating LOS as per UNI 3.1.
Conditions: None.
Workaround: None.
CSCdr45021
Symptom: SCT 1 is default SCT reserved for MPLS. When an SES trunk is provisioned, if the default SCT is not changed to SCT 3, trunk will fail to come up.
Conditions: A warning message in configuration screen to indicate that the default is SCT 1 for MPLS and should be changed to SCT 3 for SES will be useful. This is an enhancement request from customer.
Workaround: Make sure that SES uplink uses SCT 3 as service class template.
CSCdr55714
Symptom: ILMI state of a port on an MGX and BPX are mismatched. While the MGX side shows up and normal, BPX side shows disabled.
Conditions: None.
Workaround: None.
CSCds81526
Symptom:
1. The BPX and IGX nodes were loaded to their connections limit.
2. dncon COS 0 i, was issued on bpx03.
3. It took more that 2.5 hours to down about 70% of 16K conns. (performance issue)
4. When the connections were downed, the master side and the slave side of the connections were showing down state which is correct.
5. Then, upcon COS 0 was issued to up all downed connections. The command was issued on BPX node.
6. After CPU idle time reached 70%+ (steady-state) network wide, the master side of any connection is upped correctly (OK state). However, the slave side of the connection is still in down state (it should be in up state as well).
7. The problem is "upcon" network messages were not propagated to the slave-side of the connection. The result is in spite of issuing upcon the master-side of the connection is upped but the slave-side of the connection is still in down state.
8. This means upcon finite state machines could be timing out, or handling of such an inconsistent state under heavy loading still needs to be accounted for.
Conditions:
1. Almost all 9.2.34 + 9.2.23 SWSW and SWFW features were provisioned.
2. The nodes were loaded to their limit with maximum terminating connections, VTs, and so forth.
3. Topology is of a tiered network with MGX 8220 and IGX feeders, MPLS LSCs and LERs, and SES PNNI controllers.
Frequency: Intermittent.
Steps to re-create the problem: Not sure if reproducible.
Workaround:
1. Upcon each individual connection one by one, which is not efficient.
2. Need assigned DE to provide a efficient solution.
CSCdt07203
Symptom: The hitless rebuild log filled up due to repeated failed switchccs.
Conditions: A bad standby BCC is required. The node must be running at least 9.2.
Workaround: Clear the hitless log with the command "dsphitless c" or switchcc less often so that the hitless rebuild log entries get a chance to age out of the log.
CSCdt55864
Symptom: The Cisco Wan Manager's Statistics Collection Manager cannot parse the TFTP statistics file received from the IGX node.
Conditions: This problem will only occur when the IGX node has FastPad connection enabled, and is collecting TFTP statistics on those connections.
Customer Impact: When this problem occurs the customer will not be able to collect TFTP interval statistics from the IGX node.
Workaround: There is no work around for collecting the FastPad connection statistics. However, if you disable statistics collection on the FastPad connections, you will be able to collect all of the other statistics.
Further Problem Description: When writing the variable key length for the various FastPad connection types, an extra byte is added. This byte throws off CWM parsing. The parser has no way of recovering. Therefore, the entire statistics file is discarded as corrupted or bad.
CSCdu38434
Symptom: Back card revision is shown when the card is absent.
Conditions: Base line issue. Applicable to all the switch software revisions.
Workaround: None.
CSCdu45358
Symptom: The switchover occured on BPX node when the active card was pulled out. The empty slot for this card was shown in the CLI, but the Network Browser was showing that the active card was still present.
Conditions: None
Workaround: None
CSCdv33406
Symptom: While the APS(1+1) and the loop clock was configured to the BXM cards, the loop clock seemed to be released automatically on the execution of switchyred command.
Condition: APS 1+1 setup present and switchyred executed.
Workaround: Manually set the loop clock to NO once and then set back to YES again.
CSCdv33753
Symptom: On BPX nodes the following observation were made after fall back from 9.3.30 to 9.2.34:
BPX node logged SWSW error 9000: APS 1+1 trk was in LOS, BXM card was in mismatch.
1. Network was being prepared for SWSW upgrade from 9.2.34 to 9.3.30 with UXM FW A.C.E, BXM FW M.F.25 at the time.
2. A script was run on all nodes to set parameters for upgrades, check databases, and do network captures.
3. SWSW 9.3.30 was loaded on the standby CC of all nodes (routing + feeders) using loadrev.
4. A runrev 9.3.30 was executed on each (node by node) at 10-15 minutes intervals apart.
5. Once all nodes (routing + feeder) were upgraded to SWSW 9.3.30, no events were taking place for 30 minutes.
6. A script was run to set the parameters after a node upgrade, for example, turning on stats.
7. BXM FW M.F.25 was loaded on all nodes and burned on all BXM cards without any problems.
8. UXM FW A.C.01 was loaded on all nodes and burned on all UXM cards at the same time, which yielded no problems.
9. Network was allowed to settle for a long time due to rerouting until there were zero errors in network and traffic resumed.
10. At this point the upgrade was successful.
11. A fall back to 9.2.34 was conducted on the entire network using the command: runrev 9.2.34 *. This command unlocked the standby CC and rebuilt the databases using the 9.2.34 BRAM.
12. After the network fallback, the network was allowed to settle over night.
13. After the fallback the NW was running SWSW 9.2.34, UXM FW A.C.01, and BXM FW M.F.N.
14. While checking the network health in the morning, a number of problems were observed.
15. Symptoms on BPX nodes were narrowed to observation bpx01 and bpx05:
a. BPX node logged SWSW error 9000: APS 1+1 trunk was in LOS, BXM card was in mismatch.
16. After DE investigation, the trigger of problems on all BPX nodes was attributed to SWSW error 9000 exception. This excepetion was caused by the CBUS message 0x60 (delete connections) to the BXM card. In the message, the start and end LCNs are specified to delete a range of connections. However, that start LCN is greater than the end LCN which is incorrect. Therefore, the BXM sends and error to the BCC and logs the SWSW error 9000.
17. After a resetcd on the mismatched BXMs, the BXMs would recover.
Workaround: None.
CSCdw27395
Symptom: Gives an error message while adding NTM_SR trunk: "Abandoned because remote node Transmit Rate setting is different."
Conditions:
1. When the2048kbps NTM-SR trunk is decreased to a data rate of 1024 kbps (or any lower , for example, 1536), the data rate changed back to 2048 kbps using CNFTRK X.
2. The trunk was added back in the network to see the error message.
3. The NTM-FW is NK02 and SWSW 9.3.4 I 4. This problem was seen on both Y-red and non-Yred cards for V.35 and X.21 interfaces.
Workaround:
Decrease the data rate of the trunk (after deleting it) on both sides of the trunk (on igx5/21 and as well as igx7/4). The corruption is done on both the sides, so the database sync up and the trunk can be added.
CSCdx20323
Symptom: swerr752 logged on BPX when upgrade BXM fw to MF14
Conditions: Upgrade BXM fw to MF14 on BPX.
Workaround: Unknown.
CSCdx27113
Symptom: Customer experienced Seconds in Service for the Frame Relay connections. Sometimes the connection reports more than 100% in service, for example, the value of Seconds in Service for one hour shows 3601 seconds.
Conditions: None.
Workaround: None.
CSCdx62131
Symptoms: In a large network scenario using the standard (non concurrent) AutoRoute algorithm, trunks have failed and after they recover, some connections fail to route.
Conditions: When two nodes select the same random back off timer, this sympton can be verified by using nwtrace. Both nodes sw181 and sw155 were backing off for the same amount of time. The random backoff algorithm has to be enhanced to overcome this situation.
Workaround: Disable CM and enable CM (off1 11, on1 11).
CSCdx66192
Symptom: After a PVC comes out of A-bit fail, SWSW does not send a connection alarm message (40, 17, 3, 1, 3) with AIS clear in the NNI Status Bit map to CWM. This failure causes the CWM to consider the connection with end-to-end status as AIS.
Conditions: This symptom occurs very intermittently, and the conditions are not known.
Workaround: Another event to trigger the update (such as the NNI status of the PVC going back to A-bit fail and clear) would normally clear this.
Further Problem Description: This symptom is highly intermittent.
CSCdx87582
Symptom: Injecting errors at a rate of 10-3 into one line of a six-line IMA group on a UXM card causes the line to be declared in Major-Frame bit Error in the dspphyslnerrs output.
However this line is not removed from the UXM IMA group, which causes traffic passing over the trunk to error. Increasing the error injection rate to 10-2 causes the line to declare a Major Loss of cell. Then, the line is removed from the IMA group, and bandwidth is reduced.
PHYSLN Type Current Line Alarm Status TRK
3.1 E1/30 Clear - OK 3.1(6)
3.2 E1/30 Clear - OK 3.1(6)
3.3 E1/30 Clear - OK 3.1(6)
3.4 E1/30 Clear - OK 3.1(6)
3.5 E1/30 Clear - OK 3.1(6)
3.6 E1/30 Major - Frames Bit Errors 3.1(6)
31.1 T1/24 Clear - OK 31.1
32.1 T3/636 Clear - OK 32.1
32.2 T3/636 Clear - OK 32.2
32.3 T3/636 Clear - OK 32.3
Last Command: dspphyslns
TRK Type Current Line Alarm Status Other End
.1(6) E1/177 Clear - OK xx/3.1(6)
31.1 T1/24 Clear - OK xxx/10.1
32.1 T3/636 Clear - OK xx/12.1
32.2 T3/636 Clear - OK x/1.7
32.3 T3/690 Clear - OK xxx/9.1
Last Command: dsptrks
Conditions: Tests performed with 9.2.38 SWSW and ABR firmware on the UXME.
Workaround: Current workaround is to down the line or remove it from the group until errors cleared.
CSCdy06091
Symptom: Combining not working correctly for NTS traffic.
Conditions: Combining is set to 1 for NTS traffic, so one FastPacket will only exist in one cell. However, this condition only works in one direction.
Workaround: The problem appears to be caused by a particular trunk in the network. Rerout the connection away from each trunk one at a time until to problem trunk is located, and the connection is routed away from it.
CSCdy51577
Symptoms: Could not modify the trunk parameters using the job.
Condition: When more than one virtual trunk exists on a physical interface, configuring the trunk parameters on any one of these virtual trunks fails in the Job mode.
Workaround: Configure the virtual trunk through CLI.
CSCin16665
Symptom: Software error 3041 is generated after BXM-OC12 card was pulled out and reinserted. Connection database is corrupted.
Conditions: Some DAX PVCs were existing on the cards between lines 1 and 2.
Workaround: None.
CSCin17429
Symptoms: Tx/Rx cell statistics parameters are disabled for channels terminating on AIS-OC3 interface.
Condition: None.
Workaround: None.
CSCin17623
Symptom: Configured preferred path gets reset to Not Configured.
Condition: This symptom occurs while changing trunk cost of a trunk.
Workaround: None.
CSCin17893
Symptoms: Software log observed on the node while graceful upgrade from 9.2.38 to 9.21.4J (errors: 52, 516, 1120, 518, 1125, 502, 589, 504, and 505).
Conditions: Graceful upgrade from 9.2.38 to 9.2.4J.
Workaround: None.
Anomalies Fixed in Release 9.2.43
The following table lists the anomalies that are fixed in this release.
Bug ID
Description
CSCdx67113
Wrong parameter passed to send_pdu_to_ip() function from ilmi_hdlr.
CSCdy62028
PXM (feeder) node update status to IGX causes Frame Bit errors.
CSCdz07944
HDM connections report failed after upgrading to 9.2.42.
Anomaly Status Change in Release 9.2.43
The following table lists the status changes for known anomalies in this release.
A more in-depth discussion is available in the release note enclosure of the problem record in Bug Navigator.
Bug ID
Description
CSCdr55714
ILMI state mismatched in BPX display. Duplicated of CSCdr69455.
CSCdt55864
Statistics file key size for FastPads is incorrect. Closed.
CSCdu38434
Netowork Browser shows back card revision for the absent backcards as EW by default. Resolved.
CSCdw27395
Cannot ADDTRK after changing CNFTRK NTM-SR trk from 2048kbps to lower value. Resolved.
CSCdx20323
752 logged when FW upgraded. Resolved for future release.
cnftrk fails in the job mode when multiple virtual trunks exist. Resolved for future release.
CSCin16665
SWERR 3041 occurs after BXM card pullout. Unreproducible.
CSCin17429
ASI-OC3 does not have enough channel statistics parameters (only AIS/FERF available). Closed.
CSCin17623
Configuring trunk cost resets the preferred path of the connections on BPX. Resolved for future release.
CSCin17893
SW err 52,516,1120,518,504,505,1125,589 while upgrading from 9238-924J. Unreproducible.
Known Anomalies in Previous Release 9.2.42
The following table lists the known anomalies for this release.
A more in-depth discussion is available in the release note enclosure of the problem record in Bug Navigator.
Bug ID
Description
CSCdk22430
Symptom: Checksum word 15 of backplane nvram is not recalculated when words 0-14 are updated using cnfbpnv.
Conditions: Observed with BPX 9.1.01.
Workaround: No workaround is available at this time.
CSCdk83372
Symptom: While attempting to download switch software to a node, the dspdnld screen would show the download progressing and then suddenly stop and begin the download anew. No messages are logged in the even log (dsplog), which describes the nature of the problem. The output from the tftpstats, dspilacc, or dsppna commands do not provide clarity.
Conditions: Unknown what background conditions cause the process to fail.
Workaround: No known workaround.
Further Problem Description:
This DDTs report was raised to address the need for further debugging/log output to diagnose these file load failure issues. Without further information no judgment as to the actual root cause of the failure can be determined.
CSCdm22426
Symptom: While using jobs to down or up the connection based on a jobtrigger the job will fail if dspbob is executed while the control signal toggle.
Conditions: Observed with IGX 8.2.56.
Workaround: Retrigger the job after dspbob.
CSCdm47794
Symptom: The Hold Over clock locks at 4.9ppm on a BXM srm-1 line when the input clock increases beyond 5ppm. However, when the input clock comes back down even to 0ppm, the hold over clock stays at 4.9ppm and never recovers.
Conditions: This symptom occurs with BPX running 9.1.10 with a BXM line card 4 port with MBY firmware and an STRM-1 4 port back card.
Workaround: resetcd after the input clock falls below 4.9ppm clears the holdover problem.
CSCdp44912
Symptom: Upgrade from IGX 9.1.04 to 9.1.16 causes UXM Y-red card to go into mismatch.
Conditions: Same as above.
Workaround: delyred can be performed to avoid this condition.
Further Problem Description: Problem isolated VC shaping upgrade mechanism.
CSCdp48861
Symptom: The customer may notice slow UI response or a difficulty logging into the node using the normal VT session. The dspprfhist shows high RT usage in the TRNS process. The thstats shows high RT usage by state machine 55 (0x33).
Conditions: This symptom is due to statistics updates for voice connections and may be seen on nodes with a high number of voice cards and voice connections (IGX with CVMs and/or UVMs).
Workaround: The command off1 17 can be performed. This command will stop the collection of voice connection statistics (for all connections, not just voice), as well as the operation of the debug command dspchstats.
If statistics must be collected, limit the number of statistics. Frame Relay statistics are collected at 5 minute intervals (configurable up to 15 minutes). Most voice statistics are reported at 1 minute intervals, but the following statistics are reported at 3 second intervals:
Seconds V.25 Modem On
Seconds DSI Enabled
Seconds Off-Hook
Seconds In Service
CSCdr05291
Symptom: switchIfService must be specified to delete feeder trunks, but not routing trunks.
Conditions: This requirement confuses CiscoView users.
Workaround: Use the CLI commands to delete feeder trunks.
CSCdr25278
Symptom: The SUT and EMS are not indicating LOS as per UNI 3.1.
Conditions: None.
Workaround: None.
CSCdr45021
Symptom: SCT 1 is default SCT reserved for MPLS. When an SES trunk is provisioned, if the default SCT is not changed to SCT 3, trunk will fail to come up.
Conditions: A warning message in configuration screen to indicate that the default is SCT 1 for MPLS and should be changed to SCT 3 for SES will be useful. This is an enhancement request from customer.
Workaround: Make sure that SES uplink uses SCT 3 as service class template.
CSCdr55714
Symptom: ILMI state of a port on an MGX and BPX are mismatched. While the MGX side shows up and normal BPX side shows disabled.
Conditions: None.
Workaround: None.
CSCds81526
Symptom:
1. The BPX and IGX nodes were loaded to their connections limit.
2. dncon COS 0 i, was issued on bpx03.
3. Over 2.5 hours elapsed to down about 70% of 16K connections (performance issue).
4. When the connections were downed, the master side and the slave side of the connection were showing down state, which is correct.
5. Then, upcon COS 0, was issued to up all downed connections. The command was issued on a BPX node.
6. After CPU idle time reached 70%+ (steady-state) network wide, the master side of any connection is upped correctly (OK state). However, the slave side of the connection is still in down state (it should be in up state as well).
7. The problem is "upcon" network messages were not propagated to the slave-side of the connection. The result is in spite of issuing upconn, the master-side of the connection is upped. However, the slave-side of the connection is still in down state.
8. The upcon finite state machines could be timing out, or handling of such an inconsistent state under heavy loading still needs to be accounted for.
Conditions:
1. Almost all 9.2.34+9.2.23 SWSW and SWFW features were provisioned.
2. The nodes were loaded to their limit with max terminating conns, VTs, and so forth.
3. Topology is of a tiered network with MGX 8220 and IGX feeders, MPLS LSCs and LERs, and SES PNNI controllers.
Frequency: Intermittent.
Steps to recreate the problem: Not sure if reproducible.
Workaround:
1. Upcon each individual connection one by one (time consuming).
2. Need assigned DE to provide a efficient solution.
CSCdt07203
Symptom: The hitless rebuild log filled up due to repeated failed switchccs.
Conditions: A bad standby BCC is required. The node must be running at least 9.2.
Workaround: Clear the hitless log with the command dsphitless c, or switchcc less often so that the hitless rebuild log entries get a chance to age out of the log.
CSCdt55864
Symptom: The Cisco Wan Manager's Statistics Collection Manager cannot parse the TFTP statistics file received from the IGX node.
Conditions: This problem will only occur when the IGX node has FastPad connection enabled and is collecting TFTP statistics on those connections.
Customer Impact: When this problem occurs the customer will not be able to collect TFTP interval statistics from the IGX node.
Workaround: There is no workaround for collecting the FastPad connection statistics. However, if you disable statistics collection on the FastPad connections, you will be able to collect all of the other statistics.
Further Problem Description: When writing the variable key length for the various FastPad connection types, an extra byte is added. This extra byte throws off the CWM parsing and cannot recover. Therefore, the entire statistics file is discarded as corrupted or bad.
CSCdu38434
Symptom: Back card revision is shown when the card is absent.
Conditions: Base line issue. Applicable to all the switch software revisions.
Workaround: None.
CSCdu45358
Symptom: The switchover occured on BPX node when the active card was pulled out. The empty slot for this card was shown in the CLI, but the Network Browser was showing that the active card was still present.
Conditions: None.
Workaround: None.
CSCdv33406
Symptom: While the APS(1+1) and the loop clock was configured to the BXM cards, the loop clock seemed to be released automatically on the execution of switchyred command.
Condition: APS 1+1 setup present and switchyred executed.
Workaround: Manually set the loop clock to NO once and then set back to YES again.
CSCdv33753
Symptom: On BPX nodes the following observation were made after fall back from 9.3.30 to 9.2.34:
BPX node logged SWSW error 9000: APS 1+1 trk was in LOS, BXM card was in mismatch.
1. Network was being prepared for SWSW upgrade from 9.2.34 to 9.3.30 with UXM FW A.C.E, BXM FW M.F.25 at the time.
2. A script was run on all nodes to set parameters for upgrades, check databases, and do network captures.
3. SWSW 9.3.30 was loaded on the standby CC of all nodes (routing + feeders) using loadrev.
4. A runrev 9.3.30 was executed on each (node by node) at 10-15 minutes intervals apart.
5. Once all nodes (routing + feeder) were upgraded to SWSW 9.3.30, no events were taking place for 30 minutes.
6. A script was run to set the parameters after a node upgrade, for example, turning on stats.
7. BXM FW M.F.25 was loaded on all nodes and burned on all BXM cards without any problems.
8. UXM FW A.C.01 was loaded on all nodes and burned on all UXM cards at the same time, which yielded no problems.
9. Network was allowed to settle for a long time due to rerouting until there were zero errors in network and traffic resumed.
10. At this point the upgrade was successful.
11. A fall back to 9.2.34 was conducted on the entire network using the command: runrev 9.2.34 *. This command unlocked the standby CC and rebuilt the databases using the 9.2.34 BRAM.
12. After the network fallback, the network was allowed to settle over night.
13. After the fallback the NW was running SWSW 9.2.34, UXM FW A.C.01, and BXM FW M.F.N.
14. While checking the network health in the morning, a number of problems were observed.
15. Symptoms on BPX nodes were narrowed to observation bpx01 and bpx05:
a. BPX node logged SWSW error 9000: APS 1+1 trunk was in LOS, BXM card was in mismatch.
16. After DE investigation, the trigger of problems on all BPX nodes was attributed to SWSW error 9000 exception. This excepetion was caused by the CBUS message 0x60 (delete connections) to the BXM card. In the message, the start and end LCNs are specified to delete a range of connections. However, that start LCN is greater than the end LCN which is incorrect. Therefore, the BXM sends and error to the BCC and logs the SWSW error 9000.
17. After a resetcd on the mismatched BXMs, the BXMs would recover.
Workaround: None.
CSCdw27395
Symptom: Gives an error message while adding NTM_SR trunk: "Abandoned because remote node Transmit Rate setting is different."
Conditions:
1. When the2048kbps NTM-SR trunk is decreased to a data rate of 1024 kbps (or any lower , for example, 1536), the data rate changed back to 2048 kbps using CNFTRK X.
2. The trunk was added back in the network to see the error message.
3. The NTM-FW is NK02 and SWSW 9.3.4 I 4. This problem was seen on both Y-red and non-Yred cards for V.35 and X.21 interfaces.
Workaround:
Decrease the data rate of the trunk (after deleting it) on both sides of the trunk (on igx5/21 and as well as igx7/4). The corruption is done on both the sides, so the database sync up and the trunk can be added.
CSCdx20323
Symptom: swerr752 logged on BPX when upgrade BXM fw to MF14.
Conditions: Upgrade BXM FW to MF14 on BPX.
Workaround: Unknown.
CSCdx27113
Symptom: Customer experienced Seconds in Service for the Frame Relay connections. Sometimes the connection reports more than 100% in service, for example, the value of Seconds in Service for one hour shows 3601 seconds.
Conditions: None.
Workaround: None.
CSCdx62131
Symptoms: In a large network scenario using the standard (non concurrent) AutoRoute algorithm, trunks have failed and after they recover, some connections fail to route.
Conditions: When two nodes select the same random back off timer, this sympton can be verified by using nwtrace. Both nodes sw181 and sw155 were backing off for the same amount of time. The random backoff algorithm has to be enhanced to overcome this situation.
Workaround: Disable CM and enable CM (off1 11, on1 11).
CSCdx66192
Symptom: After a PVC comes out of A-bit fail, SWSW does not send a connection alarm message (40, 17, 3, 1, 3) with AIS clear in the NNI Status Bit map to CWM. This failure causes the CWM to consider the connection with end-to-end status as AIS.
Conditions: This symptom occurs very intermittently, and the conditions are not known.
Workaround: Another event to trigger the update (such as the NNI status of the PVC going back to A-bit fail and clear) would normally clear this.
Further Problem Description: This symptom is highly intermittent.
CSCdx87582
Symptom: Injecting errors at a rate of 10-3 into one line of a six-line IMA group on a UXM card causes the line to be declared in Major-Frame bit Error in the dspphyslnerrs output.
However this line is not removed from the UXM IMA group, which causes traffic passing over the trunk to error. Increasing the error injection rate to 10-2 causes the line to declare a Major Loss of cell. Then, the line is removed from the IMA group, and bandwidth is reduced.
PHYSLN Type Current Line Alarm Status TRK
3.1 E1/30 Clear - OK 3.1(6)
3.2 E1/30 Clear - OK 3.1(6)
3.3 E1/30 Clear - OK 3.1(6)
3.4 E1/30 Clear - OK 3.1(6)
3.5 E1/30 Clear - OK 3.1(6)
3.6 E1/30 Major - Frames Bit Errors 3.1(6)
31.1 T1/24 Clear - OK 31.1
32.1 T3/636 Clear - OK 32.1
32.2 T3/636 Clear - OK 32.2
32.3 T3/636 Clear - OK 32.3
Last Command: dspphyslns
TRK Type Current Line Alarm Status Other End
.1(6) E1/177 Clear - OK xx/3.1(6)
31.1 T1/24 Clear - OK xxx/10.1
32.1 T3/636 Clear - OK xx/12.1
32.2 T3/636 Clear - OK x/1.7
32.3 T3/690 Clear - OK xxx/9.1
Last Command: dsptrks
Conditions: Tests performed with 9.2.38 SWSW and ABR firmware on the UXME.
Workaround: Current workaround is to down the line or remove it from the group until errors cleared.
CSCdy06091
Symptom: Combining not working correctly for NTS traffic.
Conditions: Combining is set to 1 for NTS traffic, so one FastPacket will only exist in one cell. However, this condition only works in one direction.
Workaround: The problem appears to be caused by a particular trunk in the network. Rerout the connection away from each trunk one at a time until to problem trunk is located, and the connection is routed away from it.
CSCdy51577
Symptoms: Could not modify the trunk parameters using the job.
Condition: When more than one virtual trunk exists on a physical interface, configuring the trunk parameters on any one of these virtual trunks fails in the Job mode.
Workaround: Configure the virtual trunk through CLI.
CSCin16665
Symptom: Software error 3041 is generated after BXM-OC12 card was pulled out and reinserted. Connection database is corrupted.
Conditions: Some DAX PVCs were existing on the cards between lines 1 and 2.
Workaround: None.
CSCin17429
Symptoms: Tx/Rx cell statistics parameters are disabled for channels terminating on AIS-OC3 interface.
Condition: None.
Workaround: None.
CSCin17623
Symptom: Configured preferred path gets reset to Not Configured.
Condition: This symptom occurs while changing trunk cost of a trunk.
Workaround: None.
CSCin17893
Symptoms: Software log observed on the node while graceful upgrade from 9.2.38 to 9.21.4J (errors: 52, 516, 1120, 518, 1125, 502, 589, 504, and 505).
Conditions: Graceful upgrade from 9.2.38 to 9.2.4J.
Workaround: None.
Anomalies Fixed in Previous Release 9.2.42
The following table lists the anomalies that are fixed in this release.
Bug ID
Description
CSCdw80264
10 hop cons fail to route when resources available.
CSCdx55308
Slow rerouting time in mixed pre and post 9.3.30 network, bad sequence #.
CSCdx63511
Download Aborted logged and UXM to failed status when burnfwrev to AC27.
CSCdv23693
CBR traffic dropped when background test is executed.
CSCdw07452
31 voice channels are send to cwm for CVM T1 card.
CSCdw28930
External clock switch due to clock master node switchcc.
CSCdw63725
Connection requires 11 hops to route fail to report as failure & CPU idle low.
CSCdw75500
swerr 5050 generated upon cba_verify after deleting vp-tunneling daxcon.
CSCdx06654
line/trk recovered even the active APS line has LOS.
CSCdx08838
IGX reports PRI Loss (CLOCK) when deleting line clock source.
CSCdx10874
Enabling LMI on VSI feeder causes unreachable (always) + comm-fail(9340).
CSCdx17933
Dangling VLCONs and inconsistent trunk loading/conid.
CSCdx29500
BPX clock does not go to Tracking mode if current clock source is on port 1.
CSCdx29539
dsppwd presents security problems; uses clear text format.
CSCdx36217
connection continuously re-routes after active CC fails with swerr 47.
CSCdk37976
No alarm when active BCC-32 backcard removed.
CSCdk49036
Multiple errors with cnftrk during Job Addition.
CSCdm19518
Pref routes are not displayed correctly by cnfpref and dsprts.
CSCdm31682
cnfchvcq for ALM-A connections wont allow user to maximize 16000 cell buffer.
CSCdm36300
Bogus error message received when try to addcon with non-existing trunk number.
CSCdr08809
dspstbyclk shows LOS on a good external clock source.
CSCdr26161
Resetcd h of UXM during burnfwrev leaves card in burnfw state.
CSCdt22924
Lines configured as clock source goes to bad clock source after dncd/upcd.
CSCdt98231
swerr 9098 logged after reinsert back card for VSI part deletion.
CSCdv78268
Cnftrkparm on NTS Queue Depth Rejected with Unrelated Range Check.
CSCdw25128
HCS Correctable error (Stat 55) was not shown when errors were injected.
CSCdw40180
IGX minor topo conflict (dspds).
CSCdw58091
Cpu usage is... message is not logging after graceful upgrade and switchcc.
CSCdw74266
cnfport allowed on UFMU secondary card.
CSCdw78620
Software error 75 logged on BPX.
CSCdw83716
UBUs mistakenly assigned to UFMU.
CSCdw84340
dsputl command does not work for UVM/CVM connections.
CSCdw90487
SWLOG 1423 generated on executing dsprtcache (detailed) command.
CSCdw92030
Port speeds above 6144 Kbps on UFMU-HSSI are reported incorrectly to CWM.
CSCdw92576
line keeps going in and out of alarm.
CSCdw94435
dclk output doesnt get updated.
CSCdx02074
Be, Bc values are getting incorrectly set upon addcon.
CSCdx04153
Frame relay conns using wrong load type, with cnfcon.
CSCdx31537
dspcons shows invalid DSP Fl alarm on one end after communication break.
Removed ASM card on a BPX cage displayed as Empty Reserved for BCC.
CSCdx83934
Asynch EIA lead (cmi_lead_mon) upgrade issues when upgrading to 9230 and 93x.
CSCdy01237
Default Gateway IP address changes automatically.
CSCdy03630
wrongly sends objects in bps format when tstber is executed.
CSCdy13533
Some BPX nodes in network don't sync up with CWM.
Known Anomalies in Previous Release 9.2.41
The following table lists the known anomalies in SWSW Release 9.2.41. A more in-depth discussion is available in the release note enclosure of the problem record in Bug Navigator.
Bug ID
Description
CSCdk22430
Symptom: Checksum word 15 of backplane NOVRAM is not recalculated when words 0-14 are updated using cnfbpnv.
Conditions: Observed with BPX 9.1.01.
Workaround: None.
CSCdk91790
Symptom: SWSW system idle time is below 30% when more than 10 UVMs are activated.
Conditions: SWSW polls each activated UVM for modem status every 1 second for each port. SWSW also spends time processing the responses of the modem polling.
When many UVMs are activated, the modem polling handling consumes a lot of system time and resources (buffer queue), which affect system performance.
UVM FW has supported asynchronous event to report modem event. SWSW needs to stop polling modem status if the FW in UVM supports the asynchronous event.
Workaround: Use cnfnodeparm 46 to increase polling timer to improve system performance.
Further Problem Description: None.
CSCdm22426
Symptom: While using jobs to down or up the connection based on a job trigger, the job will fail if dspbob is executed while the control signal toggle.
Conditions: Observed with IGX 8.2.56.
Workaround: Retrigger the job after dspbob.
CSCdp98648
Symptom: Equipment Manager cannot tell the different between BXM legacy or enhanced version.
Workaround: Log into the BPX node, and execute dspcd XX to determine the number of channel support. The enhanced version of the BXM card has 61K channels, and the BXM card has less than 61K channels.
CSCdr05291
Symptom: Problems deleting feeder trunks via SNMP or CiscoView
Conditions: switchIfService still must be specified to delete feeder trunks but not routing trunks.
Workaround: Use the CLI commands to delete feeder trunks.
CSCdr26161
Symptom: burnfwrev on a UXM card says "Already burning firmware. Try again later" for a long period of time (more than 10 minutes) if the UXM card is reset during the burnfw process (after the download is complete and after the Burn Addresses stop updating).
Already burning firmware. Try again later Next Command:
Conditions: Reset must be done after all burn addresses are updated.
Workaround: Do not reset the card during burnfw process.
CSCdr45021
Symptom: SCT 1 is the default SCT reserved for MPLS. When an SES trunk is provisioned and if the default SCT is not changed to SCT 3, the trunk will fail to come up.
Conditions: A warning message on the configuration screen indicates that the default is SCT 1 for MPLS and should be changed to SCT 3 for SES will be useful.
Workaround: Ensure that SES uplink uses SCT 3 as service template class by changing the default SCT used before provisioning the trunk.
CSCds47671
Symptom: dspcurclk displays incorrect trunk numbers in the clock path.
eg. z5b 7--30z2a 24-- 9.1z3b
This should be 24.1 (the port is missing)
Conditions: You need the following clock path in dspcurclk for this problem to surface
Further Details: The display attempts to display the port on the via trunk before it is properly set.
CSCdt07203
Symptom: The hitless rebuild log fills due to repeated failed switchccs.
Conditions: A bad standby BCC is required. The node must be running at least 9.2.
Workaround: Clear the hitless log with the command dsphitless c or switchcc less often so that the hitless rebuild log tried get a chance to age out of the log.
CSCdt22924
Symptom: Bad clock source during dn/upcd.
Condition: dncd/upcd causes the clock failure "Minor bad clock source".
Workaround: clrclkalm will clear the clock failure.
CSCdt43014
Symptom: SWLOG error 557 on BPX node occurs when deleting connections.
Conditions: BPX 9.3.11 MGX:1.1.32.
Workaround: None.
CSCdt55864
Symptom: The Cisco Wan Manager's Statistics Collection Manager cannot parse the TFTP statistics file received from the IGX node.
Conditions: This problem will only occur when the IGX node has FastPad connection enabled and is collecting TFTP statistics on those connections.
Customer Impact: When this problem occurs the customer will not be able to collect TFTP interval statistics from the IGX node.
Workaround: There is no workaround for collecting the FastPad connection statistics. However, if you disable statistics collection on the FastPad connections, you will be able to collect all of the other statistics.
Further Problem Description: When writing the variable key length for the various FastPad connection types, an extra byte is added. This extra byte throws off the CWM parsing and cannot recover. Therefore, the entire statistics file is discarded as corrupted or bad.
CSCdt66696
Symptoms: BTM-E3 backcard is displayed as AIT-E3 in CLI.
Condition: BTM-E3 backcard is displayed as AIT-E3 in CLI.
Workaround: None. Ignore the display.
CSCdu15686
Symptom: Internal port diagnostics fails for V35/X21 ports. use "tstport" command.
After the above test, card goes to "Active-F" state as seen in "dspcds".
Condition: The above problem is seen only when port is configured as DCE and not seen with DTE ports.
This condition was tested with UFMU F/W version YAM and YAN, and the same problem occured.
Workaround: None. The loopback test can only be initiated from a DTE port.
CSCdu16679
Symptom: Virtual trunk does not process traps received from ATM cloud, for example, when the associated cloud VPC goes down.
Conditions:
1. ILMI protocol for the virtual trunk is running on the BCC (BNI virtual trunk).
AND
The cloud port is NOT a BPX/IGX OR BPX/IGX with ILMI running on the BXM/UXM.
OR
2. ILMI protocol for the virtual trunk is running on the BXM or UXM.
AND
ILMI on the cloud port is running on the BCC/NPM of a BPX/IGX.
Workaround:
If ILMI is running on the BCC at the virtual trunk end (BNI virtual trunk), use the following workarounds:
If the ATM cloud is a BPX/IGX, make the protocol run on the BCC/NPM.
If the ATM cloud is not a BPX/IGX, there is no workaround. However, the ILMI implementation on virtual trunk will find the VPC status using GET_REQUEST.
For BXM virtual trunks and for UXM virtual trunks with protocol on the card, use the following workarounds:
If the ATM cloud is a BPX/IGX, make the protocol to run on the card.
If the ATM cloud is not a BPX/IGX, there should be no problem. The trap is recognized and processed.
CSCdu45358
Symptom: The switchover occured on BPX node when the active card was pulled out. The empty slot for this card was shown in the CLI, but the Network Browser was showing that the active card was still present.
Conditions: None.
Workaround: None.
CSCdu61769
Symptom: HDM connection bouncing since 9.2.38 SWSW Release. Lead RxD (pin 3) is bounced from Idle state to active state with high frequency (once or twice every second).
Conditions: This symptom happens when the connection rate is below 64K.
Workaround: Upgrade connection to 64K.
Further Problem Description: None.
CSCdu64553
Symptom: CLP 1 tagged traffic in a multi-vc environment cannot be differentiated from CLP 0 with the present default drop method on TAGCOS Qbins, EPD.
Conditions: EPD is the configured default. To differentiate CLP 1 marked traffic, CLP hysteresis instead should be configured.
Workaround: No workaround.
Further Problem Description: None.
CSCdp48861
Symptom: The customer may notice slow UI response or a difficulty logging into the node using the normal VT session. The dspprfhist shows high RT usage in the TRNS process. The thstats shows high RT usage by state machine 55 (0x33).
Conditions: This symptom is due to statistics updates for voice connections and may be seen on nodes with a high number of voice cards and voice connections (IGX with CVMs and/or UVMs).
Workaround: The command off1 17 can be performed. This command will stop the collection of voice connection statistics (for all connections, not just voice), as well as the operation of the debug command dspchstats.
If statistics must be collected, limit the number of statistics. Frame Relay statistics are collected at 5 minute intervals (configurable up to 15 minutes). Most voice statistics are reported at 1 minute intervals, but the following statistics are reported at 3 second intervals:
Seconds V.25 Modem On
Seconds DSI Enabled
Seconds Off-Hook
Seconds In Service
CSCdr35223
Symptom: In 9.2.3z the aps dsptrks shows a communication failure when it has LOS.
Conditions: When active APS line is in LOS, do a switchapsln with option 4 to switch from protection line to working line. This switch will cause the trunk to fail. In 9.2.3z this condition shows that the trunk fails due to a communication failure.
Workaround: None.
CSCdr98080
Symptom: Software log 3052, 3017, and 362 were observed on a BPX node during switchcc.
Conditions: The above software log may occur on a BPX node during switchcc or node rebuild. The cause is still under investigation. The occurrence of this problem is rare.
Workaround: None.
CSCds16693
Symptom: Software log 1012 occurred on BPX when deleting a bundle of connections.
Conditions: The above software log may occur on an BPX node. The cause is still under investigation.
Workaround: None.
CSCds19443
Symptom: Software log 3017 occurred on a BPX node BXM feeder trunk.
Conditions: The above software log may occur on a BPX node. The cause is still under investigation.
Workaround: None.
CSCds57315
Symptom: Communication break observed between IGX feeder and IGX routing node following addshelf.
Conditions: Observed with IGX 9.2.23 and UXM FW CA19.
Workaround: No workaround available at this time.
CSCds68083
Symptom: After BCC rebuilt, PVCs are not programmed in standby BXM for Y-red and APS 1+1.
Conditions: This symptom occurs with SWSW 9.2.32.
Workaround: Reset standby BXM after BCC is rebuilt will reprogram all PVCs in the standby BXM.
Further Problem Description: After BCC is rebuilt, tstconseg will log swerr 9082.
CSCds81526
Symptom:
1. The BPX and IGX nodes were loaded to their connections limit.
2. dncon COS 0 i, was issued on bpx03.
3. Over 2.5 hours elapsed to down about 70% of 16K connections (performance issue).
4. When the connections were downed, the master side and the slave side of the connection were showing down state, which is correct.
5. Then, upcon COS 0, was issued to up all downed connections. The command was issued on a BPX node.
6. After CPU idle time reached 70%+ (steady-state) network wide, the master side of any connection is upped correctly (OK state). However, the slave side of the connection is still in down state (it should be in up state as well).
7. The problem is "upcon" network messages were not propagated to the slave-side of the connection. The result is in spite of issuing upconn, the master-side of the connection is upped. However, the slave-side of the connection is still in down state.
8. The upcon finite state machines could be timing out, or handling of such an inconsistent state under heavy loading still needs to be accounted for.
Conditions:
1. Almost all 9.2.34+9.2.23 SWSW and SWFW features were provisioned.
2. The nodes were loaded to their limit with max terminating conns, VTs, and so forth.
3. Topology is of a tiered network with MGX 8220 and IGX feeders, MPLS LSCs and LERs, and SES PNNI controllers.
Frequency: Intermittent.
Steps to recreate the problem: Not sure if reproducible.
Workaround:
1. Upcon each individual connection one by one (time consuming).
2. Need assigned DE to provide a efficient solution.
CSCds81894
Problem:
1. When SWSW 9.3.1j is downloaded to bpx02 by doing a loadrev, download to the active card's ROM is successful.
2. Then, SWSW is copied to the RAM of the standby card. The problem is when the download is in progress as seen by using "dspdnld" command. The download process will terminate and resstart downloading SWSW into the RAM after about 12 to 13 blocks have been downloaded.
3. This problem has been observed many times
Symptom:
1. During the standby cards RAM being updated to the 12th or sometimes to the 13th block, the download process terminates and restarts.
2. This process can go into a loop for a long time
Setup:
1. Almost all 9.2.34+9.2.23 SWSW and SWFW features were provisioned.
2. The nodes were loaded to their limit with max terminating conns, VTs, and so forth.
3. Topology is of a tiered network with MGX 8220 and IGX feeders, MPLS LSCs and LERs, and SES PNNI controllers.
Conditions: Most of the configurable elements such as number of connections, number of trunks, and so forth were loaded to the switch limit.
Frequency: Reproducible.
Steps to recreate the problem: Do a loadrev in upgrades network node bpx02.
Workaround: Awaiting DE to be assigned to resolve the problem.
CSCdv33753
Symptom: On BPX nodes the following observation were made after fall back from 9.3.30 to 9.2.34:
BPX node logged SWSW error 9000: APS 1+1 trk was in LOS, BXM card was in mismatch.
1. Network was being prepared for SWSW upgrade from 9.2.34 to 9.3.30 with UXM FW A.C.E, BXM FW M.F.25 at the time.
2. A script was run on all nodes to set parameters for upgrades, check databases, and do network captures.
3. SWSW 9.3.30 was loaded on the standby CC of all nodes (routing + feeders) using loadrev.
4. A runrev 9.3.30 was executed on each (node by node) at 10-15 minutes intervals apart.
5. Once all nodes (routing + feeder) were upgraded to SWSW 9.3.30, no events were taking place for 30 minutes.
6. A script was run to set the parameters after a node upgrade, for example, turning on stats.
7. BXM FW M.F.25 was loaded on all nodes and burned on all BXM cards without any problems.
8. UXM FW A.C.01 was loaded on all nodes and burned on all UXM cards at the same time, which yielded no problems.
9. Network was allowed to settle for a long time due to rerouting until there were zero errors in network and traffic resumed.
10. At this point the upgrade was successful.
11. A fall back to 9.2.34 was conducted on the entire network using the command: runrev 9.2.34 *. This command unlocked the standby CC and rebuilt the databases using the 9.2.34 BRAM.
12. After the network fallback, the network was allowed to settle over night.
13. After the fallback the NW was running SWSW 9.2.34, UXM FW A.C.01, and BXM FW M.F.N.
14. While checking the network health in the morning, a number of problems were observed.
15. Symptoms on BPX nodes were narrowed to observation bpx01 and bpx05:
a. BPX node logged SWSW error 9000: APS 1+1 trunk was in LOS, BXM card was in mismatch.
16. After DE investigation, the trigger of problems on all BPX nodes was attributed to SWSW error 9000 exception. This excepetion was caused by the CBUS message 0x60 (delete connections) to the BXM card. In the message, the start and end LCNs are specified to delete a range of connections. However, that start LCN is greater than the end LCN which is incorrect. Therefore, the BXM sends and error to the BCC and logs the SWSW error 9000.
17. After a resetcd on the mismatched BXMs, the BXMs would recover.
Workaround: None.
CSCdv50311
Symptom: With 1E-3 errors injected on a BXM T3 trunk, connections do not re-route.
Conditions: The bit errors are randomly injected throughout the entire bit stream at a rate of 1e-3.
Workaround: None.
CSCdv91546
Symptom: Tstdelay failed in many connections on BPX with nrt-vbr type. tstdelay 3.1.1.100 Test delay timed out Next Command.
Conditions: BPX SWSW 9.2.32.
Workaround: None.
Further Problem Description: Built a new connection with the same path and tstdelay passed.
CSCdw07452
Symptom: 31 entries are there for T1 CVM card on IGX Node.
Conditions: In CM GUI equipment selector.
Workaround: Do not make connections on line > 24.
CSCdw18589
Symptom: In 9.2.34 when the physical interface for a virtual trunk is used as a network clock source, the source associates itself with the first virtual trunk on the interface. Should that trunk fail, the clock source fails and the system will search for a new source.
In this configuration, you are not allowed to set PASS SYNC to YES on the first virtual trunk (which is correct). However, you can set the virtual trunk for PASS SYNC YES. By setting PASS SYNC to yes on any other virtual trunk on the interface, the PASS SYNC is set to YES on all of the virtual trunks - even the first one which is associated with the clock source. Having a trunk as a clock source and setting it to PASS SYNC YES is an unsupported configuration.
In 9.3.30 the situation is slightly different in that a change made to any of the virtual trunks does not affect the first virtual trunk, which has the clock association. The problem is that if the first virtual trunk fails, the clock source associates itself with the second virtual trunk. If PASS SYNC were set to YES on that trunk, problems would result.
Conditions: Enabling PASS SYNC to YES on any virtual trunk (other than the first one) causes PASS SYNC to be set to YES on all virtual trunks associated with the interface - even the one tied to the clock source.
Workaround: If the physical interface for a virtual trunk is used as a clock source, do not set PASS SYNC to YES on any of the virtual trunks associated with the interface.
CSCdw28930
Symptom: When the highest number node switched BCC (the clock master node), the other nodes with external clock source switch its clock source.
Conditions: The highest number node (clock master) switch its BCC.
Workaround: None.
CSCdw51777
Symptom: When routing CGW connections over UXME trunk, discards are observed on Frame Relay endpoints. An FRM to BXM connection discards on the FRM at egress. An FRM to UFM connection shows discards on both the FRM and UFM at egress. FRM to FRM connections used so far have not shown any discards.
Topology of shortest hop connection is
8.9.100 NODE A 19.1----5.1 NODE B 6.1----11.9 NODE C 13.2.198.288 FRM-31-------UXME----UXME-------UXME---BXM---------BXM
Observations are connection when routed over this path shows discards on egress of FRM at NODEA none at NODE C. Trkstats on NODE C 11.9 clean Trkstats on NODE B 5.1 clean Trkstats on NODE B 6.1 clean Trkstats on NODE A 19.1 CGW Abrt Frms & Bad CRC32 Rx from Line. Channel statistics on UXM trunk show no discards FRM shows large number of discards.
Trunk 19.1----5.1 bert tested error free and is over straight cable between two co-located nodes. Cable and UXME cards (front and back) have already been replaced. Switchcc performed on NODE A & B Trunk has been deleted/added without result.
If connection rerouted so that it takes a different path between NODE A and NODE B but still passes over the other trunks then the discards stop.
Conditions: SWSW on both the IGX and BPX's is 9.2.38 FRM-31 are Running Model K rev B UXM-E's are Running Model B rev J BXM's are running Model F rev C.
Workaround: Only workaround is to reroute the connections off this trunk.
CSCdw58091
Symptom: Cpu usage is... message is not logging after graceful upgrade and switchcc.
Conditions: switchcc and graceful upgrade triggers the problem.
The "dspprfhist" command will show the idle time for the switch. One tick is about equal to 1 second. You can use the "f" and "b" keys to move (f)orward or (b)ackward in the history.
2. Send an event TO2 to self test state machine by using following command:
sthevt 53 242
Further Problem Description: There should also be a message logged when the CPU util drops below 50%. This is also not logged.
Pay close attention to the difference between IDLE time and CPU usage. CPU usage = 100 - IDLE time.
CSCdw68758
Symptom: SNMP channel counter statistics are not being updated.
Conditions: This problem occurs when SNMP channel counter statistics are collected, but interval statistics are not enabled.
Workaround: Enable at least 1 interval statistics on each connection.
Further Problem Description: The code will not cause a channel statistics poll to be generated unless:
1. At least1 interval statistics exist.
OR
2. The card supports AIS polling.
OR
3. The command [dspchstats] is invoked on the connection.
Poll for summary and SNMP channel statistics irrespective of whether interval statistics are enabled.
However, an old issue existed when the BPX increased to 4k connections where the summary statistics functionality reduced from all connections to only a subset of connections because of memory limitations. This problem has to be investigated to see if it is relevant to this issue.
CSCdw76695
Symptom: Software error 327 appears on multiple nodes after upgrade. Due to BTM trunks not supporting CGW connections.
Conditions: Large IGX/BPX network. Only happens on upgrade.
Workaround: Delete and re-add trunks.
CSCdw83475
Symptom: tstdelay is inconsistent when run from IGX on a connection between IGX and the MGX 8250 feeder. It is longer and varies anywhere between 10 - 40ms. tstdelay at the MGX is consistent and much lower:~4ms.
Conditions: Can be environment with minimal traffic. Reproduced in lab with 9.3.35 and 1.1.41.
Workaround: No known workaround.
CSCdw83716
Symptom: When adding the first connection to a UFMU port, the error message "Insufficient TDM bandwidth available" is properly displayed when there isn't enough UBUs available. However, the IGX will allocate all available UBUs, even when there are not enough, when attempting to add the connection. The IGX will not de-allocate them upon failure of the connection to add.
Conditions: This symptom only happens when the amount of UBUs available are less the number of UBUs required. Under this circumstance, this condition is always present.
Workaround:
Prior to Release 9.1:
1. Remove all connections from the port in question - delcon.
2. Reconfigure that port's "Configured Clock" to a very small number (e.g. 1024) - cnfport.
3. Add a connection from that port to another existing port - addcon d. delete that connection from step "c" - delcon.
Releases 9.1 and up:
1. If there are existing ports/connections on the card in question, follow "Pre 9.1" procedure.
2. If it is the only port on that card. a. remove all connections from the port in question - delcon b. remove the UBUs assigned to that card - setlogubus <cd #> 0
Further Problem Description:
Background: The IGX will assign the UBUs based on the "Configured Clock" of the port ONLY when the first connection is added. Inversely, the UBUs will ONLY be de-allocated when the last connection of the port is deleted.
CSCdw83716 (continued)
You might have this problem when 100% of the UBUs (or bus bandwidth) are allocated. This problem can be checked two different ways:
1. Use the command "dspbuses" and look for "(100%)" Allocated:
Last Command:dspbuses -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- or
2. Use the command dspubus s (9.1 and up) to see if 0 UBUs are available:(There is no equivalent command for pre 9.1.) ----------------------------------------------------------------------i8430-1a TN Cisco IGX 8430 9.3.35 Feb. 26 2002 18:38 GMT
Last Command:dspubus 17 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
In Pre 9.1, the only command is "dspbuses", and you will have to scroll through all the pages looking for your card and card number.
CSCdw92576
Symptom: Line keeps going in and out of alarm.
Conditions: This symptom occurs after changing the line framing from ESF to D4.
Workaround: None.
Anomalies Resolved in Release 9.2.41
The following table lists the problems fixed in 9.2.41 Switch Software release.
Bug ID
Description
CSCdk80460
Symptom: cnflnsigparm is used to change signalling parameters for entire node. These changes are not being reflected in the line 2 of a UVM
Conditions: None.
Workaround: cnfchdl can be used.
CSCdm12850
Symptom: Implementation of the idle time has a defect. Idle time can be under-reported or cpu consumption over reported.
Conditions: In the procedure one_sec_tick, the idle time is taken from Prf_Buffer.intp_pdata[IDLE_PROC].ip_ticks.
The ip_ticks is driven from the tick_int and could be refreshed based on the interval parameter set in cnfprfparm (default is 20 sec). This cutting time does not align with the time used by one_sec_tick. This results in idle time being under-reported or cpu consumption over reported.
Workaround: Configure 20 sec interval using cnfprfparm.
Further Problem Description: There is a race condition when idle tick gets cleared in re_profile.c and One sec interrupt routine results in using wrong idle tick count.
CSCdp04164
Symptom: When IGX DC voltage is greater that 56V, an alarm is generated and fills the event log.
Clear DC Voltage Alarm 05/11/99 15:19:11
Minor DC Voltage Alarm 05/11/99 15:19:06
Clear DC Voltage Alarm 05/11/99 15:18:56
Minor DC Voltage Alarm 05/11/99 15:18:51
Clear DC Voltage Alarm 05/11/99 15:18:26
Minor DC Voltage Alarm 05/11/99 15:18:21
Conditions: There could be a genuine power supply problem.
Some customers have DC powered IGX's with Batteries. The batteries are constantly being charged at 57.5 Volts which is 1.5V higher than the current IGX input monitor trip level. This causes an error message to be displayed, but does not cause system malfunction.
Workaround: None.
CSCdr34820
Symptom: Under certain conditions more than one connection appears to be on the same DSP.
addcon 9.1.1 uvm6 11.1.1 {*} /* uses DSP 0 channel 0 of slot 9 */ /* DSP 0 ch 0 slot 11 */ addcon 9.1.2 uvm6 9.1.2 {*} /* used DSP 0 channel 1 of slot 9 */ addcon 11.1.2 uvm6 9.1.3 {*} /* This should be DSP 1 of slot 9, /* DSP 0 ch 1 of slot 11 */ /* But dchst 9.1.3 shows as using /* DSP 0 slot 9 */
Channelized Data Pad state display for channel 9.1.3
Transmit dBm0:-67.0 Receive dBm0: -70.0
Register 0 = 7E7F Register 1 = 188A Register 2 = 1888 Register 3 = 0000 <--- This contains the DSP number provided by UVM slot 9 Register 4 = 0000 which should be 0001 if no bugs. Register 5 = 0000 Register 6 = 0000
Conditions: When executing the dchst command. Each DSP supports 2 connections. The dchst command malfunctions when in the following situations:
The second connection is added to itself (uses both connections on a DSP) .
and
A subsequent connection is added to the remote node whose first connection was made to the first connection of the originating UVM. See above example.
Workaround: None.
Further Problem Description: The same problem exists with connections mastered at a CVM card also.
CSCdr64816
Symptom: The voiceEndptTable returns offHook for all channels. This symptom is seen even if the correct status is displayed in the 'dspconst' command on the switch.
Conditions: Observed in IGX SWSW 9.1.11.
Workaround: No workaround available at this time.
CSCdr76559
Symptom: If LMI gets removed from a port and then re-added, any connection status changes that happen while the port had no LMI will not get sent when LMI is reestablished.
Conditions: Removing and re-adding LMI from a port.
Workaround: On the node when LMI was deleted and added, either down and up the affected connections or do a hard reset of the card that has the LMI port.
CSCds03159
Symptom: BCC-4 logs multiple 1011 aborts when it is removed.
Conditions: After physically removing the active BCC and reinserting it, the standby BCC will take mastership and become active. The aborts are observed after the removed BCC is inserted.
Workaround: This symptom is not a service impacting problem. The aborts are logged when the BCC is removed.
Further Problem Description:
CSCdp54803 is a correction for a SWSW defect which would prevent the BCC loss of bus mastership from logging an abort 1011. This defect was corrected in SWSW release 9.2.31. Thus the aborts are observed when mastership is lost in releases 9.2.31 or above.
CSCdv38231 identifies a HW problem: "if a standby BCC-4 is inserted very quickly that it may see the mastership signal for about 200 msec."
CSCds03159 corrects a SW defect that resulted in multiple 1011 aborts when the HW bus mastership registers transitions from 0 to 1 during removal of the active BCC. The SW will now log four software error 1011s with information to assist with characterization of the HW register transition.
CSCds37220
Symptom: When a trunk with APS is looped or is experiencing SF or SD alarms is present and a switchcc occurs, the status of the standby APS line becomes "APS Deactivated". This symptom is just a display issue. Traffic is unaffected.
Conditions: APS trunk is looped in SF or SD alarm, and switchcc occurs.
Workaround: When the alarm is cleared or the loop is deleted, the standby APS line status is updated correctly.
CSCdt96187
Symptom: VSI/AR Connections fail on a BPX after switchyred.
Conditions:
1. SWSW 9.2 or above.
2. Card - BXM.
3. The Yred BXM pair has a VSI Controller attached.
4. A full rebuild was done on the node some time back.
Workaround: Before issuing a switchyred, reset the Standby card.
If switchyred has already been issued and the connections have already failed, reset both the active and standby cards.
Further Description: During a full rebuild, if the standby card responds to the initial configuration messages after the active card, software assumes that the card is not ready to receive the channel configuration messages and does not send them down.
CSCdu34126
Symptom: Line cable length gives five options when configuring a trunk or line on a UXM T3/E3 card. However only three different values are actually displayed.
Conditions: Occurs whenever a UXM T3/E3 line /trunk is configured.
Workaround: None
CSCdu36770
Symptom:
9.2.00—May experience route failure.
9.3.30
1. Only 7 routes running concurrently. The CLI command [dsprrst] is showing extremely large values for the fields:
Max Secs To Perform Route Avg Secs To Perform Route, and Avg Secs To Route a Conn.
The CLI command [dsprrst t] is showing an extremely large value for the field:"E"
2. The 8th route allocates a master route. This is a relatively rare as it is hard for a node to reach real 8 routing concurrency. The routing timer system will pause a while or for a very long time.
Conditions:
9.2.00—Cost base routing (cbrt) is on - unknown routing failures
9.3.00
1. Cost based routine is enabled.
2. Master concurrency could reach to 2.
Workaround:
9.2.00—Turn off cbrt.
9.3.00—Turn off cbrt, or limit the concurrency level to 7 to prevent breaking the routing timer system.
Further Problem Description: More information on 93z with concurrent routing:
1. Setup three nodes Network:
Node A ----------- Node B | | |-------------- Node C
2. Add one connection from A ---> B Add one connection from A ---> C.
3. Turn on cost base routing using cnfcmparm and set concurrency level to 8.
4. rrtcon * repeatedly on node A.
5. dsprrst shows hugh routing time
The big number happens when routing instance is 1in the middle of routing and routing instance 0 start a new route.
Process by routing instance 0 during cost base routing overwritten the start time of routing instance 0 and make the stats measurement inaccurate.
If it is routing instance 7 that do the process, the impact is not on cost based routing stats, but on the reroute timers variables, which will corrupt the routing timer system.
Note The problem does not happen in 9.1.
CSCdu40956
Symptom: cbrt command displays obsolete options "a" and "l"
Conditions: This problem can be reproduced by executing "cbrt a" "cbrt l" commands
Workaround: Avoid entering the "a" and "l" options for this command.
CSCdu42714
Symptom:
Feeder trunks are not blocked for atmPortStatTable, atmPortTable, and atmPortQueueTable. This problem only exists in BPX.
For atmPortStatTable, the problem exists with the GET operation.
For atmPortTable, the problem exists with both the SET and GET operations.
For the atmPortQueueTable, the problem exists with SET, GET, and WALK operations.
Conditions: The problems occur on feeder trunks only.
Customer Impact: Incorrect information is returned.
Workaround: Should use atmTrunks and atmTrunkStatsTable for trunk requests.
CSCdu43858
Symptom: In a BCC-4, if a hitless rebuild is performed, the prompt indicates that the card is BCC-3 instead of a BCC-4.
Conditions: This happens when the command "resetcd <card_no> r" is executed where <card-no> is the active card (either 7 or 8).
Workaround: Proceed with the command, the system displays an incorrect model of BCC (i.e BCC-3 instead of BCC-4). Fixed in 9.2.41.
CSCdu46642
Symptom: UXM E1/T1 IMA trunks do not have the correct allocation of DS0s after a trunk reconfiguration.
Example: For an IMA group consisting of 2 E1 trunks the no. of DS0s should be 59. This is correct when the trunk is added, but after reconfiguration, the no. of DS0s becomes 58.
Conditions: A trunk reconfiguration must have been attempted. If the trunk receive rate is reduced from the default value, reconfiguring back to default causes a loss of one DS0.
Workaround:
1. Prevention: Avoiding change of trunk receive rate for IMA trunks. When the trunk is added, it comes up with the correct and default values of DS0s for the receive rate, and stays correct till the receive rate is reconfigured back to default from a lower value.
2. Increase statistical reserve to re-route connections on the affected trunk. Delete and re-add trunk which would restore the correct number of DS0s.
CSCdu50924
Symptom: Random failure of cons all over the network. No trunk or line failures reported. It took approximately 15 minutes to reroute.
Conditions: Very large size network of more than a hundred bpx nodes Provisioning, and ever increasing size of network cnfprefroute was being run (some of them over failed trunks) cnfcmparm parm 15 was set from 10 to 4 and cnfcmparm parm 9 was set from 2 to 900.
Workaround: Restored the cnfcmparm parameter 9 from 900 to 2. The random failure of cons stopped.
This is resolved in 9.2.41. Refer to the Clarifications section for more details.
CSCdu53235
Symptom: Software error 2051 was logged, but not every file collection. The separation of the swerrs may be days or weeks. There may not be any statistics activity at the time the files were logged (no statistics enabled or disabled, and no objects (connections, lines, trunks, ports, or physical lines) added or deleted.
The dspstatfiles screen shows files with write errors. The files with write errors show a "File Length" equal to "Data Length". The file is full and additional statistics can not be written into the file.
Conditions: Observed in two networks, with software releases 9.2.33 and 9.2.36. There may not be any statistics activity, but there are probably a large number of statistics enabled per object. There may also be multiple buckets for a stat in each TFTP statistics file (the bucket interval is less than the file interval, as displayed on dspstatparms).
Workaround: This problem is due to a bucket index wraparound calculation error. Two statistics characteristics will increase the probability of the wraparound error causing a swerr 2051 to be logged:
1. There are many statistics enabled per object. The size of the wraparound error is multiplied by the number of statistics enabled for the object. Thus the more statistics enabled per object the greater the probability that the error will result in a TFTP file overflow.
2. The configured bucket interval is less than the configured file interval. The greater the number of buckets per statistic the greater the probability of the wraparound error.
Reducing the statistics enabled per object and the number of buckets per TFTP statistics file will reduce the probability of the file overflow.
CSCdu53606
Symptom: The CLI dspload cannot display loads for particular IMA trunk configuration.
Conditions: The IMA trunk has a line group composed of discontinuous lines.
Workaround: Use dspload <trunk no.> to display the detail load for a trunk.
CSCdu54291
Symptom: The CLI dsptrks shows a feeder trunk is Clear and also displays the Other End info even though that feeder trunk has been deleted on BPX side.
Conditions: This symptom happens on all IGX releases which support "Interface Shelf" feature. This problem can be observed for two kinds of operation/configuration:
1. The IGX node has connections terminated on a feeder trunk, but BPX node does not have any connection terminated on that feeder trunk, and the feeder trunk is deleted on the BPX.
2. The feeder trunk cable is removed temporarily and that feeder trunk is deleted on the BPX, then the cable is put back.
Workaround: When the CLI dsptrks shows the unmatched feeder trunk info, e.g. on the BPX node it shows no shelf, but on IGX node it shows the shelf is added, other CLI commands dspnode and dpslog must be executed on IGX to verify the BPX node is UNREACHABLE and the feeder trunk had Comm Fail logged.
After the unmatching feeder trunk info is observed by CLI dsptrks, you can delete the feeder trunk using following steps:
1. addshelf on BPX.
2. Delete all connections on IGX.
3. delshelf on BPX.
CSCdu55421
Symptom: Software error 1415 is logged when the CLI command [cnfpref] is invoked in a Cost-Based Routing network.
Conditions: Cost base routing is on, cost delay option is off - cnfpref <connection vpi/vci> <explicit path>.
By chance, SW Err 1415 is logged, depends on whether the uninitialized random data is out of range or not. It could generate swerr 1423 too (OUT_OF_RANGE_LTRK).
Workaround: Turn off cost base routing. Add the preferred path. Enable Cost based routing again. This defect is fixed in 9.2.41.
CSCdu55802
Symptom: If we do a rebuild on a BPX node with firmware image present in its PCC space, after rebuild dspfwrev shows "Configuration image present". This is incorrect. 'dspcnf' screen shows correct message "Reserved for firmware image"
Conditions: Do a rebuild (resetcd <Active BCC card>) when a FW image is present in BCC.
Workaround: None.
CSCdu55966
Symptom: Every 10 seconds a software error 111 or 190 is logged.
Conditions: This occurs when running internal test software 9.3.3T software or later and you have:- a BXM-OC3-8 card with all 8 interfaces up, or - a T3/E3 card with 8 interfaces up and all T3/E3 stats enabled
This will occur in existing customer shipped software if you have:- a BXM-T3/E3 card with 9 or more interface up and all T3/E3 stats enabled.
Workaround: Down interfaces on the card. Or, use the [off2] command to disable line statistics polling (line stat sampling). Or, disable some of the T3/E3 statistics.
Note If disabling line stats polling, statistics will not work on lines and trunks. This is all statistics, the summary stats viewable via dsptrkstats, some dspportstats, the user interval stats viewable via dsplnstathist, dspphyslnstathist, dsptrkstathist, tftp stats reported to the CWM as well as any SNMP RTC stats related to lines or trunks, all will be stopped by disabling this stat polling.
Moreover, auto statistics which are used for statistical alarms will also stop. This defect is fixed in 9.2.41.
CSCdu57647
Symptom: When the system fails to find the lowest cost path, it reverts back to hop based routing to find a path that meets the cost. The following is the impact:
1. Connection bundling fails if a new hop based route is found. The routing performance is very slow.
2. It may generate swerr 1423, topo pointer corruption.
Conditions: This occurs only when cost based routing fails to find a path and reverts back to hop based routing.
Workaround: No work around.
Further Problem Description: This bug fixes problems caused by CSCdu57647.
CSCdu58349
Symptom: After an IGX/BPX boots up and a snmpwalk is issued from an SV+, the sysUpTime shows 497 days. After about 30 minutes this restarts from ZERO.
The time returned by sysUpTime lags 30 minutes behind the actual system time of the nodes.
Conditions: Switch Software Releases:9.1.00, 9.2.00, 9.3.00 Running snmpwalk <node name> sysUpTime from a connected SV+,
Workaround: None.
Further Problem Description: This does not affect any system time related computation on the nodes at all and is confined to the SNMP sysUpTime reporting only.
CSCdu59784
Symptom: Route Cost field is not displayed properly in the dspcon screen due to line overflow.
Conditions: This problem is observed in the case of Voice connections where fields like compression are displayed and cost based routing is enabled.
Workaround: dsprts can be used to see the Route Cost for a connection. This defect is fixed in 9.2.41.
CSCdu75709
Symptom: Port data base, for serial cards, is not getting cleared in the Informix data base after card removal and downing last port.
Conditions: The problem is only for cards with serial interface.
Workaround: None. This defect is fixed in 9.2.41.
CSCdu84891
Symptom: The symptoms are different between 9.3.30 and earlier releases.
For 9.3.30 release, the software error 3120 is logged when the command "dspospace" is executed on the IGX, or an SNMP WALK is performed on the connTable, or an SNMP GET is performed on any of the following objects. - connMstOSpacePkts - connMstOSpaceCells - connMstOSpaceBdaCmax - connMstOSpaceBdbCmax - connSlvOSpacePkts - connSlvOSpaceCells - connSlvOSpaceBdaCmax - connSlvOSpaceBdbCmax
Also, the values of the ms_lcl_vpc_conids_avail and sm_lcl_vpc_conids_avail parameters are invalid in the "dspospace" case. Since these parameters are not in the connTable, this is not a problem for the SNMP interface.
For earlier releases, no software error is logged, and only the ms_lcl_vpc_conids_avail and sm_lcl_vpc_conids_avail parameters are invalid in the "dspospace" case. The SNMP interface is not impacted.
Conditions: The problem occurs when the "dspospace" command is executed, or the SNMP WALK is performed on the connTable, or the SNMP GET is performed on the objects mentioned in the Symptom section.
Workaround: None This defect is fixed in 9.2.41.
CSCdu85897
Symptom: swerr 136 is logged on IGX feeder node. This is not service impacting.
Conditions: When a snmpwalk is done on a IGX feeder node for the atmEndPtTable
Workaround: None.
CSCdu88501
Symptom: Software Error 925 logged and filled up the log entries when switchcc. The slot has a UVM Card.
Conditions: switchcc performed.
Workaround: Use line 1 for inserting line instead of line 2.
Further Problem Description: This problem happens only on pass-through configuration on UVM. And only happens when the inserting line is in line 2 and line 1 on the same UVM card is NOT up or active. The swerr 925 was logged against INACTIVE lines on line 1 so this is informational and NOT service impacting. The only bad thing about it is the software errors fill up the log entries and other errors may not be seen.
rn1igx01 TN StrataCom IGX 8430 9.2.33 Aug. 10 2001 21:23 EST
LN 10.2 Config T1/24 UVM slot:10 Loop clock: No Line framing: ESF Line coding: B8ZS Line encoding: u-LAW Line T1 signalling: CCS Line cable type: ABAM Line length: 0-133 ft. Line 56KBS Bit Pos: msb Line pct fast modem: 20 Line cnfg: Inserting Line cnf slot.line: 11.1 Line CAS-Switching: Off Line SVC-Caching: Off
Last Command:dsplncnf 10.2
This Command:dsplncnf 10.1
Line is not upped Enter line number:
SW
This defect is fixed in 9.2.41.
CSCdv03346
Symptom: This is a interface problem.
According to the switch.m, atmEndptOeEfciQSize and atmEndptEfciQSize only support connection type: standard ABR, ABR FST, ATFR, ATFST but in the "Default" buffet, it mentions the default value of the connections type:"CBR/VBR: 35% ABR/UBR: 20%" So, it is confusing to know which connection types are supported.
Conditions: N/A
Workaround: None.
CSCdv03399
Symptom: When CLI changes the cell routing option of a ATM connection, the changes is not sent to the CWM. - CWM does not reflect the new changes.
Conditions: Use 'cnfcon' to change cell routing restriction option.
Workaround: Use dspcon to verify updated cell routing restriction option instead of using CWM.
CSCdv03428
Symptom: An snmpwalk on the following objects gives wrong values. sonetIfType slotFrontQueue slotFrontLnFormat slotFrontChCount slotBackLnFormat slotBackSonetMode slotCardTrunkPorts
Conditions: This problem occurs if we have two cards in a Y-Red pair and the secondary card is replaced with a card that has a different parameter value for the above mentioned objects. In this case a snmpwalk on these objects would return the value for the Primary card instead of the physical card in question.
Workaround: None.
CSCdv04095
Symptom: Software error 26 is observed when a mib walk is done on the BPX node when a card is down.
Conditions: This defect occurs when there is a card with a T3/E3 interface with lines or trunks configured on it and a mib walk is done on the ds3LineType object when this card is down.
Workaround: Once the card is up, this swerr will not be logged.
CSCdv07491
Symptom: The cnfqbin (BPX only) and cnfsnmp (BPX & IGX) commands are available at a Level 6 User ID and should not be available to a user with that low level of authorization.
Conditions: None.
Workaround: None. This will need to be corrected in SWSW. Recommend that Level 6 Users be instructed not to use these commands without direct authorization.
CSCdv08233
Symptom: User is unable to access LAN gateway node without using hipri login. The node may experience resource aborts (3000000, 1000, or 52). The dspprf displays show very high real-time utilization in the NETW and PNAD processes, and memory accumulation in the PROT processes.
Conditions: A very high rate of IP traffic from the LAN.
Workaround:
1. Determine the source of the IP traffic and reduce or eliminate the traffic.
2. Use routers to limit the flow of IP traffic from the LAN to the switch.
CSCdv08861
Symptom: Software error 9000's flooding the software error log.
Conditions: This problem occurs when adding multiple voice connection to a CVM that does not support voice connections, and the user disregards the warning and proceeds with the connection addition.
Workaround: Do not add voice connections to a CVM that does not support voice, or upgrade the FW to a model that supports both voice and data.
CSCdv10468
Symptom:1m3 abort, Card errs, SW errs 1000 after "addcon"
Conditions: Adding connections with insufficient UBU allocation.
Workaround: Don't add any data connections if there is are not enough UBUs. Increase the UBU allocation by "getubus" in debug mode first.
CSCdv12786
Symptom: Total reserved VSI bw on a BXM card can exceed the backplane speed
Conditions: If multiple virtual trunks are upped and VSI partitions created on them,
Bandwidth can be allocated to individual partitions which can exceed OC12, which is the maximum backplane speed. This problem does not exist, if the partitions are created on physical trunks or on line ports.
Workaround: None.
CSCdv13914
Symptom: The dspconcnf command shows "EDP" instead of "EPD" for the EPD threshold.
Conditions: Executing the dspconcnf command on a ABRFST/ATFST connection. This is a cosmetic problem.
Workaround: None
CSCdv16069
Symptom: Line functions listed below accept feeder trunks as input causing error or aborts while they should be rejecting and displaying an appropriate error message. Symptoms although a little different are present in both 9.3 and 9.2 releases.
9.3 releases: cnfln on a feeder trunk returns software error 925 (invalid logical number.)
9.2 releases: cnfln on a feeder trunk causes a random line configuration to be displayed and modified incorrectly.
Conditions: The line functions listed above are not supposed to be run with feeder trunk values.However when run, they will cause errors and aborts as described above.
Workaround: Do not run the above line functions on a feeder trunk.
CSCdv18027
Symptom: Login stalls for 30 seconds or more.
Conditions: This problem can occur when:
1. You are logging on as Corporate (Stratacom or Cisco).
and
2. You are logging on via a telnet session.
and
3. You have a switch with redundant controller cards.
and
4. You have just lanbtld'd a new image and attempt to login via telnet.
or
5. You have just reset (done a full rebuild) on the active controller card and attempt to login via telnet.
Workaround: You must wait for the command to continue, or wait for a minute or so before logging on via the telnet session.
CSCdv24220
Symptom: ddcuse command does not display anything.
Conditions: When the "ddcuse" command is issued.
Workaround: Ignore this command.
CSCdv26618
Symptom: User has HDM-HDM connections in a 9.2.36 network. On the preferred route, IGX-BPX-BPX-IGX, the connections are fine. On an alternate route, IGX-IGX- BPX-IGX, the connections lose sync. No errors are seen on the IGX or BPX nodes.
In our investigation, we observed a "phantom" trunk in the dtrkcnfg display and believe this is related to (if not the cause) of the problem.
The main problem is that the dtrkcnfg command does not show whether the trunk is active or not.
Conditions: Every time a dtrkcnfg or dtrkcnfg x command is issued.
Workaround: None - other than not allowing the connections to route over an IGX-IGX trunk.
Further Problem Description: SWSW - 9.2.36 NPM cards using "S" boot UXM cards using ABK firmware HDM cards using SCF firmware
CSCdv27309
Symptom: When a user adds a preferred path to a connection that has an active reroute timer, the connection is not selected for routing until the timer expires. The user may think it is a bug if the timer is set to 15 minutes.
Conditions: cnfcmparm option 9 is greater than 0 (more obvious if set to 15 minutes). The connection is routed. cnfpref adds a preferred path to the connection.
Workaround: rrtcon the connection or use cnfcmparm option 9 to set the timer to 0.
Further Problem Description: This is not a bug but the behavior is not desirable.
CSCdv30106
Symptom: TX Clp x DSCD stats display is missing from the dspchstats screen.
Conditions: Every time you issue a "dspchstats" command (at least level 1 of channel stats must be enabled on the card).
Workaround: None.
CSCdv31936
Symptom: VP-Tunneling connection addition fails with the message, "Local channel unavailable".
Conditions: The message is logged when the user attempts to add a VP tunneling connection with the VPC endpoint as master, and the slave VCC endpoint uses the same VPI as another (VCC) connection on the slave port.
Workaround: Add the tunneling connection using the VCC endpoint as master.
CSCdv34258
Symptom:
1. IGX card attributes added after 9.2.35 may not be correctly initialized on the standby NPM when upgrading from a release pre 9.2.35 to a later 9.2 release or 9.3. These attributes are:- VSI Signal QBIN card attributes - CRC-4 configuration card attribute - LCN Resync card attribute.
2. Abort 1000003 on the standby NPM
Conditions: IGX graceful upgrade from a pre 9.2.35 release to a later 9.2 release or a 9.3 release.
Workaround: The card attributes will be initialized by the UXM when the NPM becomes active.
CSCdv34568
Symptom: The switch does not send a port robust message with the updated port speed when the cell framing is changed to HEC mode on a BXM-T3 card.
Conditions: This problem is observed when the cell framing is changed to HEC on a BXM-T3 line for a port that is already upped.
Workaround: To get the robust message to be sent you have to somehow trigger a port robust object message update which can be done by:
1. downing and then re-upping the port. However, this requires that there be no connections on the port.
2. Changing one of the port parameters via [cnfport] and then changing them back.
CSCdv35146
Symptom: 2 minute data hit occured after issuing a switchyred on a BXM.
Conditions: Running switched software 9.3.3Z Running BXM FW:MF21 or MF25
After burn of BXM fw or resetting the secondary BXM card in the y-red pair, then do switchyred, the feeder trunk has YEL alarm and Comm Fail. But it will recover after around 2 minutes
Workaround: Before issuing a switchyred check the event log [dsplog] and ensure that at least 5 minutes has passed since the secondary card was reset.
Further Problem Description: The data hit is occurring because the secondary card is still being programmed and then we switch to it. Those channels that are still being programmed will take a data hit.
Under some circumstances the secondary card will be marked as being programmed (as seen from the [dspcd] screen) and a switchyred is blocked automatically. However, when the secondary card has just finished burning new FW or has been reset then this automatic blocking is not being done.
CSCdv35295
Symptom: When on the switch CLI, a port in UFM card on IGX is shown as Failed, on CWM CiscoView, the port shows as Active and its color is Green.
Conditions: For UFM card on IGX. The most common condition is when there is a cable mismatch, on CLI, the port status is Failed, but on CiscoView, it is shown as active (green).
Workaround: Use CLI instead of CiscoView to determine the port status.
CSCdv36176
Symptom: Service impacting commands are allowed to be run on the standby controller card. There is no indication via VT that we are logged on to the standby CC.
Conditions: Switched software:9.3.30
VT to standby controller card and execute any service impacting command.
Then exit the standby CC and execute a switchcc, service impacting commands that were buffered on the old stbybcc will now be executed, but not necessarily in their entirety, which can result in unsynchronized databases.
Workaround: When invoking commands via a [vt] session, pay close attention to where you have [vt]'d to, and do not invoke service impacting commands when you have [vt]'d to the standby CC.
CSCdv37628
Symptom: The following events are logged during a switchcc. 1.Polling type changed to 2 2.Polling type changed to 1
Conditions: This occurs when we have BXM and non-BXM cards in a node and a switchcc is done. The controller card is BCC4
Workaround: None.
CSCdv42399
Symptom: Unable to add an APS line of a trunk back after deleting it.
Conditions: Delete one APS line after removing one BXM card, execute switchcc or hitless rebuild, then reinsert the BXM card back. The addapsln command will fail.
Workaround: Reset the active slot to force a Y-red switch.
CSCdv43983
Symptom: If the switchyred command is configured in a job (addjob) for a pair of BXM cards and there is an active VSI partition on the BXM, the switchyred will not take place when the job executes.
Conditions: Running a job that does switchyred on a BXM with an active VSI partition.
Workaround: None. Run switchyred through the CLI.
CSCdv45621
Symptom: The headings for the [dsprf] command indicate "active" even when the command is invoked from the standby controller.
Conditions: This problem is noticeable when the user is logged on to the standby CC via the [vt] command and then invokes the [dspprf] command.
Workaround: Use the "s", standby, flag when obtaining [dspprf] output from the standby.
CSCdv55045
Symptom: When the standby BCC is not available, the CBUS test display in dspselftst shows "Not Run" as it should. However, the Time shows a negative number and the "No Run" stat is not incremented.
Conditions: When selftest enabled and executed and there is no standby BCC.
Workaround: Insert a standby BCC.
Further Problem Description: None.
CSCdv57337
Symptom: The node aborts with software error 1000003 when running the cnfport command in syntax mode (addjob/editjob) and the command is waiting for the user to enter the card type.
Conditions:
For 9.3:
This problem only happens when running the cnfport command in syntax mode (addjob/editjob) and the command is waiting for the user to enter the CARD TYPE. It happens when using the Console port connection, not for telnet and VT session.
For 9.2:
This problem only happens when running the cnfport command in syntax mode (addjob/editjob) and the command is waiting for the user to enter the PORT NUMBER. It happens when using the Console port connection, not for telnet and VT session.
This problem is reproducible in 9.2.32 but not in 9.2.40.
Workaround: Provide the port identifier and card type at the prompt for "Enter Cmd".
e.g. Enter Cmd:cnfport 6.2 AC3. The valid card types are AE3, AT3, AC3, and MNC
CSCdv58954
Symptom: dsplogcd displays port status as ACTIVE but on dspports or dspport, the port status is FAILED.
Conditions: The card is a Frame Relay card. The port is up but failed.
Workaround: Ignore the port status on dsplogcd, check dspports instead.
CSCdv63422
Symptom: Addcon does create a connection when an ATM class of service with UBR parameters is specified.
Conditions: adding ATM UBR connection on a IGX UXM card using a class of service with UBR parameters. No special conditions.
Workaround: Add the UBR connection without a UBR amtcls. Enter the UBR parameters individually in the addcon command.
CSCdv65620
Symptom: With a E1 trunk added between IGXs using BTM cards, it is not possible to use the command cnftrk to modify any trunk parameters.
Conditions: The problem is a miscomparison in Transmit Rate to ds0 utilization. Included below is a sample trunk configuration and the exact error you may see.
Ds0 map load should not be less than Transmit Rate Line DS-0 map (1-31).
Workaround: The only known way to change the trunk configuration is to delete the trunk from the network (using deltrunk <CmdArg>trunk<noCmdArg>), make desired changes (using cnftrk <CmdArg>trunk<noCmdArg>), then readd the trunk (using add Further Problem Description:
CSCdv68775
Symptom: Using "dm" to view the SVC Hash Table protection padding shows that the padding has been corrupted, 30 bytes from the start of the pad. The corruption pattern is "01 00 C0". The protection pad was added as part of CSCdr91680 to protect the SVC Hash Table from a possible overwrite from a preceding structure. This possible overwrite has been confirmed.
Conditions: An IGX node with LDM and/or HDM background tests enabled and CBA verification enabled (cnfnodeparm 47). For releases of software with the protection pad the overwrite will not cause a problem. For releases of software without the protection pad the overwrite will corrupt the SVC hash table. On nodes which have SVCs this will cause an abort if the hash table entry is being used during the LDM and/or HDM background test.
Workaround: There are two possible workarounds for IGX nodes which are running a release of switch software which does not have the SVC protection pads:1. Disable the CBA verification function. 2. Disable LDM and HDM background tests.
Further Problem Description: The overwrite is due to accessing the CBA (cell bus address) management array with an index which exceeds the size of the array. The index used is for a device code that is reserved for background tests and for ILMI protocol. This index (0xDD) is valid for the FPA (fast pad address) management array, but not the CBA management array.
For most device codes both the FBA and CBA are set when the CBA verification feature is enabled. This is because the UVM is unable to distinguish between FPA and CBA traffic, so SWSW will write to both the FPA and CBA management arrays. But the device codes reserved for tests (0xDD to 0xDF) are valid for the FPA management array, but are out of range for the CBA management array.
CSCdv76336
Symptom: The Major and Minor error rate values of 'cnflnalm 35' on IGX and 'cnflnalm 36' on BPX are different from rate values of other similar alarms.
Conditions: This problem is seen with the default value for this alarm.
Workaround: Use 'cnflnalm' (or 'cnfintlnalm' if using release >= 9.3.40) to configure the error rates for this line alarm to be consistent with other similar error rates.
CSCdv78776
Symptom: After a full rebuild, the dsptrkutl command will block forever if stats are not ready.
Conditions: When the command dsptrkutl is executed immediately after a full rebuild.
Workaround: Doing a hitless rebuild will remove the problem.
CSCdw01948
Symptom: Connections are unable to route over cell (UXM) cards. The dcba (display cell bus address usage) shows that there are no available cell bus channels, though the number of via connections is less than the maximum.
Conditions: IGX with cards that use the cell bus (UXM).
Workaround: A CC switch over will rebuild the cell bus usage structures using the connection database.
CSCdw11872
Symptom: In networks of 223 nodes there is a possibility that a memory overwrite could occur and that data could be overwritten (corrupted). This could have unexpected results, including the possibility of an abort.
Conditions: This could happen when there is a race condition like node deletion and the internal clock source table could not retrieve information for a node. (Probably the node has been removed from the clock source node table).
Workaround: None.
CSCdw15064
Symptom: 'addloclp' does not work for connection end points on BPX-BXM ports. The display shows that the connection is looped, but internally the system does not add the loop.
Conditions: 'addloclp' executed for connection end points on BXM ports.
Workaround: None.
CSCdw16041
Symptom: The cnfbusbw command does not work properly in a job. It will execute during the addjob.
Conditions: Occurs on IGX's running 9.2 or 9.3
Workaround: There is no work around other than not using the command within a job.
Further Problem Description: When cnfbusbw is included in a job, the command gets executed during the addjob process. The user must then issue cnfbusbw with the appropriate run time settings to return the UBU allocation back to normal. The runjob command attempts to run the cnfbusbw command, but the IGX does not execute it. The job will show a completion of the job with a failure.
The cnfbusbw command is not meant to be used in a job. The software command function table had the job mode flag set for the command erroneously. The function table was modified such that the flag would not be set for the command.
CSCdw23663
Symptom: Job Lock Timeout value was NOT initialized properly. The value showed 0 by default but some nodes have a non-zero value and can NOT do cnfnodeparm to change to 0.
Conditions: This is a baseline initialization issue for IGX. Any value smaller than 1 should not be acceptable.
Workaround: None.
Further Problem Description: This is a IGX only problem. Job Lock Timeout value of 0 is not acceptable.
CSCdw32857
Symptom: When configuring IMA Protocol on a single T1 Trunk, user is required to reduce the Receive Rate to enable IMA. After that, the IMA 1xT1 trunk stays with T1/22 DS0s.
TRK 13.2 Config T1/22 [3320 cps] UXM slot:13
A second problem was also observed during testing. You are able to increase the transmit rate without actually configuring it, by simply enabling and disabling the IMA protocol option. i.e., if the Tx rate now is 20DS0's and IMA is enabled, then disabling it makes Tx to 21DS0. Enable it, the IMA overhead is not subtracted. Now disable it Tx increases to 22 and so on until 24 (maximum).
Conditions: Whenever one tries to configure IMA protocol on a single T1 trunk.
Workaround: Reconfigure the trunk to a Rate of 3471 CPS again after enabling IMA, to have T1/23.
CSCdw34453
Symptom: dsptrkstats/clrtrkstats on downed BNI card produced a software log 8096.
Conditions: BNI card in down state on which a trunk is configured.
Workaround: None
Further Problem Description: None
CSCdw39995
Symptom: The dspapsln shows wrong line is active compared with rsh from FW
Conditions: It happens after switchcc
Workaround: switchyred will correct this async issue.
Further Problem Description: After the situation happens, the switchapsln cannot work properly, the alarm may display on the wrong line.
CSCdw43792
Symptom: No UAS statistics are collected when a line or trunk is in alarm.
Conditions: This problem only occurs:1) in releases that have defect CSCdk44173 resolved in them, and 2) when a line/trunk is in alarm.
Workaround: None
Further Problem Description: This defect was introduced by the fix made for CSCdk44173. This issue will be resolved by backing out CSCdk44173, and then fixing CSCdk44173 correctly, taking everything into consideration.
CSCdk44173's fix has been applied to the releases 9.1.06, 9.2.41 (before released) and 9.3.35
This defect will not be fixed in 91, 91 is no longer modified.
This defect has been fixed in 9.2.41 (it has been found and then summarily fixed in 9.2.41, therefor it does not truly exist in 9.2.41).
This defect has been fixed in 9.3.36.
CSCdw52505
Symptom: Data connections which use the timestamped queue intermittently lose synchronization. The following connection types are affected:
Isochronous HDM connections.
Non-isochronous data connections configured for less than 100% utilization (DFM enabled).
Conditions: The problem occurs when the connections are routed on UXM trunks which have VC shaping enabled.
Workaround: If possible, use non-isochronous HDM connections at 100% utilization. If possible, use a connection rate higher than 64 kbps (i.e. non-timestamped). - Disable VC shaping on the trunk.
CSCdw55317
Symptom: No slot alarms are declared on the BPX, even though dspbxmsloterrs shows a lot of errors being reported by the card.
Conditions: This happens only when "Monarch Specific Errors" (cnfslotalm 13), are occurring on a BXM card.
Workaround: Use dspbxmsloterrs to see if there are any errors on the card.
CSCdw58129
Symptom: Slot 6 bxm card went into mismatch after swsw upgrade.
Conditions: Upgrading to 9.3.3i MFR.
This condition can be caused by either doing a upgrade or switchcc. This problem is very hard to reproduce.
Workaround: Reset the standby card which has Mismatch status.
CSCdw58704
The Cisco WAN Switching Software is vulnerable to SNMP vulnerabilities. These vulnerabilities can be easily and repeatedly demonstrated with the use of the University of Oulu Secure Programming Group (OUSPG) "PROTOS" Test Suite for SNMPv1. The test suite is generally used to analyze a protocol and produce messages that probe various design limits within an implementation of a protocol. Test packets containing overly-long or malformed object identifiers and other combinations of exceptional values in various fields can be programmatically generated and then transmitted to a network device under test. The PROTOS test suite for SNMPv1, as distributed, contains approximately 53,000 individual test cases.
Symptom: Software errors 502, 589, and 504 are logged from the SNMP process. The software error log may be filled with these errors. The "dspprf m t" command may show memory accumulation in the SNMP process.
Conditions: Invalid SNMP requests sent to the BPX/IGX using an SNMP test suite.
Workaround: Send valid SNMP requests.
Further Problem Description: The sequence of swerrs 502, 589, and 504 is logged for each attempt to free a block of memory which has already been freed. The block of memory is allocated to decode bit stream data. If an error is detected the block is freed. A defect results in a second attempt to free the block. An attempt to free a memory block twice will not result in memory depletion. The BPX/IGX vulnerability exposed by this defect is limited to the filling of the swerr log, which may prevent the detection of software errors logged for other error conditions.
The memory accumulation is due to the failure to free memory after detecting an invalid IP address string. This results in a one block (256 byte) memory accumulation for each test case with an invalid IP address string. The memory accumulation can be detected using the "dspprf m t" command and monitoring the "CurBlks" allocated to the SNMP process. The BPX/IGX vulnerability exposed by the SNMP requests with an invalid IP address string is limited to memory depletion, which could eventually cause a switch over to the standby BCC or NPM.
Conditions: There should be connections from the BPX terminating on some other node with the same slot.port as the feeder trunk.
Workaround: None
CSCdw79108
Symptom: BPX node with 9.1.3A fails to sync to CWM station with 10.4.01 on it. The "dspsv3 <LCB #> display shows that the robust updates are sent up to the circuit line updates, but the trunk updates are not completed. The "dsprobst" display shows the robust messages are sent, but are timing out while waiting for an acknowledgment.
Conditions: BPX with 9.1.24 or a later 9.1 release being discovered from CWM workstation. In releases 9.2 and 9.3 the symptom would only be observed if there were a separate trunk database initialization defect. There are no known defects of this type.
Workaround: None
Anomalies Resolved in Release 9.2.40
Following is the list of fixed problems in 9.2.40 Switch Software release. Included with each is a brief discussion of the problem.
Bug ID
Description
CSCdr58334
Symptom: Swerr 503 logged intermittently in extremely busy network.
Conditions: This problem only occurs when the node attempts to send software revision information and network traffic is so dense that low priority network messages are dropped.
Workaround: None.
CSCdr83230
Symptom: Software errors 9093 and 9093 logged on IGX node.
Conditions: Errors are logged when user attempts to modify an ATM port using CWM.
Workaround: Use the CLI to modify the ATM port configuration.
CSCdr91680
Symptom: 1000003 abort in SNMP process while traversing SVC hash table. The hash table is traversed to add, delete, or find an SVC.
Conditions: VNS/SVC call setup and deletes. This problem has been observed on a small percentage of nodes in a network. The unique characteristics of this small percentage of nodes that have the problem have not been identified.
Workaround: None known, except to stop SVC provisioning. A rebuild can be avoided by having a redundant NPM. The rate of occurrence has been low enough that no nodes have rebuilt.
Further Problem Description: The source of the corruption to the SVC hash table has not been identified. Software has been added to detect the corruption and correct the problem. A software error 507 will be logged to provide additional information.
Each swerr may leave allocated memory blocks that have not been freed. The SE should monitor the memory utilization on the nodes that have this swerr and issue a switchcc if memory limitations are observed. The maximum number of blocks which may not be freed with each swerr 507 is 5 (with a maximum SVC ID from NMS being 512). The "dspprf r t" screen will show how many blocks are available in the "DYNM" region and the overflow regions.
Decode of swerr 507:No. Type Number Data(Hex) PC(Hex) PROC SwRev Date Time 1. Error 507 FFFFEB30 302204B0 SNMP 9.1.w5 08/22/00 16:10:10
bad pointer = FF FF EB 30 index = 00 02 (index into linked list headers) LL entry = 00 03 (entry in linked list) Last Ptr = 30 AC E9 F0 (last valid linked list entry) Last Svc ID = 00 CA (last valid SVC ID in linked list) Svc ID = 01 F6 (SVC ID of SVC being added) First Rebuild = 00 00 00 01 (first time rebuilding this list)
CSCdr95566
Symptom: During BPX upgrade from 8.4.21 to 9.1.21, on 3 parameter 1 "Stby Heap memory init" was set to enabled.
Conditions: BPX upgrade from 8.4.21 to 9.1.21.
Workaround: Issue on3 to set the desired setting after upgrade.
Further Problem Description: None.
CSCds26907
Symptom: snmpwalk on BPX trunk connected to MGX reports trunk port off by 1.
Conditions: snmpwalk on BPX trunk connected to MGX.
Workaround: None.
Further Problem Description: None.
CSCds52009
Symptom: Empty slot reads reserved for BCC-3 when a BCC-4 is removed.
Conditions: Problem is seen after removing the BCC-4 card from the slot.
Workaround: None.
Further Problem Description: This problem is because we don't have an independent card type for the BCC-4 card. Both BCC-4 and BCC-3 has same card types i.e. BCC-3.
CSCds57049
Symptom: Card in active-F status when 2 or more lines of the card are in major alarm.
Conditions: 2 or more lines in major alarm
Workaround: Issue the command: resetcd [slot] f. This will only clear the status until the next time the card falls into the above conditions.
Further Problem Description: This problem only applies to ufm and not uxm. Also 9.1.xx works fine. 9.2 and 9.3 are affected.
CSCds62123
Symptom: In the customer's network, the CNFCMB value for NTS is set to approximately 170 to allow lower speed NTS connections (g729a without VAD) to place two FastPackets in each ATM cell. This causes about 21 milliseconds of additional delay in each direction, or about 42 milliseconds or round-trip delay. This added delay is causing the echo.
Conditions: The echo is caused by the fix for CSCdp58545 which causes the null-timing delay for NTS connections to correctly take into account the configured CNFCMB timer.
Workaround: None.
Further Problem Description: Echo on voice traffic over CVM-TT Nx64 connections. In the customer's network, the CNFCMB value for NTS is set to approximately 170 to allow lower speed NTS connections (g729a without VAD) to place two FastPackets in each ATM cell. This causes about 21 milliseconds of additional delay in each direction, or about 42 milliseconds or round-trip delay. This added delay is causing the echo.
What the customer would like is for the null-timing delay calculation (performed in the get_nulltms function in the vdp_cmds.c file) to NOT always add the configured NTS combinatorial delay to the calculated null-timer value.
Instead, they need the calculated null-time delay to include the SMALLER of - the configured combinatorial delay. or - 110% of the theoretical inter-FastPacket arrival time
For a 8x64 connection with 8/8 coding (3047 FastPackets/second), that would be about 360 MICROseconds.
It is important that this change be made ONLY for NTS connections and NOT voice connections since NTS connections are always building FastPackets with no possibility of interruption of the stream of FastPackets. Consequently. it is never possible to exceed the theoretical inter-FastPacket interval by much. Conversely. Voice connections (which use VAD) often experience interruptions in the flow of FastPackets.
CSCdt12153
Symptom: IGX commands cnffrcls and cnfcon allow user to configure ECN threshold to be greater than VCQ depth.
Conditions: Observed in IGX 9.2.35. Problem is not related to any traffic conditions.
Workaround: Do not configure ECN threshold to be greater than the VCQ depth using the cnffrcls and cnfcon commands.
Further Problem Description: This change/solution is working only when all the parameters are entered - i.e., when both the VC Qdepth and the ECN threshold along with the other parameters are specified in the command line, (it works) it shows an error message if VCqdepth < ECN threshold.
If only a few parameters are specified, for ex. the existing VCQ = 10000, ECN threshold = 6550. and now, i enter, VCQ = 5000, the value is accepted and no ERR message is shown.
CSCdt39231
Symptom: Memory accumulation occurs after using TFTP to upload firmware.
Conditions: This will occur whenever we upload new FW using TFTP.
Customer Impact: Eventually, after an extremely long time, the node could run out of memory due to this memory leak, which could lead to memory allocation failures for important systems. A memory failure would cause a switchcc or a hitless rebuild.
However, it should be noted that the memory leak size is only 26 bytes which equates to 1 memory block (i.e. 1 256b dynamic region memory block) while the total amount of memory available on the system is approximately 32M or more.
Note This is a very small memory leak and would require many TFTP FW uploads for this to be noticeable by the customer.
Workaround: For a CC-redundant system, switching to the secondary CC would clean up the memory leak.
For a non-CC-redundant system, a full rebuild will clean up the firmware memory leak.
CSCdt39873
Symptom: LMI and ILMI port stats are collected incorrectly when the secondary card of a Y-red pair is active on an IGX.
Conditions: The dspportstats would show erroneous result of ILMI/LMI messaging if the secondary card of the Y-red pair becomes active.
Workaround: Switch back to the primary card of the Y-red pair.
Further Problem Description: None.
CSCdt40533
Symptom: If we put a dnld.fw/dnld.sw file without the pathname a 1M3 abort is logged.
Conditions: This problem happens if the Pathname or any other field is missing or misspelled in the start file.
Workaround: Use the pathname field in the dnld.sw/dnld.fw instead of using the default pathname.
CSCdt45926
Symptom: SW error 9098 is logged after the BCC is hitless rebuilt.
Conditions:
1. There are multiple enabled partitions in BXM card and BXM has more than one port group.
2. One partition disabled and it will cause the mc_vsi_end_lcn less than before. the new mc_vsi_end_lcn will is invisible from dsplogcd, it can be seen after the BXM reset and in this bug (BCC rebuilt).
Since the BCC will send the 0x62 msg to BXM with the new end lcn, this cmd will be rejected by BXM since it has invalid object 6 (end lcn which is mc_vsi_end_lcn).
Workaround: Resetting the BXM will resync all VSI connections and will fix this problem.
CSCdt60246
Symptom: IGX feeder or SES has persistent local abit failure.
Conditions: IGX feeder or SES is connected to an IGX with a UXM feeder trunk. After the feeder trunk experiences a physical alarm (Red/Yellow) the local abit status on the IGX feeder or SES may still indicate local abit failure.
Workaround: All workarounds are executed on the IGX. The selection of a workaround depends on the number of connections affected, if few connections are affected, use workaround 1 or 2.
1. Perform a dncon/upcon on the connection.
2. Delete and re-add the connection delcon/addcon.
3. Perform a switchcc.
4. Perform a hitless rebuild resetcd <cmdArg>slot r<noCmdArg>.
Further Problem Description: The IGX is not properly integrating abit status changes received on the UXM feeder trunk via the LMI protocol.
CSCdt73112
Symptom: dspcurclk display is not correct on BPX.
Conditions: When dspcurclk is done on BPX, it does not show the trunk #s for the path to the clock source.
Workaround: None.
CSCdt82310
Symptoms: When a Virtual Trunk (VT) is upped on a BNI-OC3 interface, it comes up with the default of 1459 connection channels (Maximum is 1459 * 11 VTs = 16049 LCN). When the VT is re-configured to increase the LCN number, SwSw does not allow to configure more than the following value [3836 - channels in use by the other VT's of the same port].
For example,
1. If OC3 interface has a VT using 2500 LCNs, then bringing up the second VT will default to 1459 LCN, with total of 3959 LCNs.
2. Now if the 2nd VT's LCN is re-configured, SwSw does not allow to configure more than 1336 LCNs [3836 - 2500 = 1336].
3. Instead, it is possible to bring up all the VTs (11) with the default value of 1459 LCNs without re-configuration.
Problem can be seen whenever a VT is re-configured with values of LCNs more than the value of [3836 - channels in use by the other VT's of the same port].
Workaround: None.
CSCdt89196
Symptom: Switch is low on memory.
Conditions: Trunks go in and out of alarms continuously for a very long period.
Workaround: switchcc will release the accumulated memory blocks.
CSCdt90475
Symptom: cnfcon command cannot be added into job (using addjob or editjob command) in IGX.
Conditions: Entering cnfcon command into a job in IGX. This problem does not occur on BPX.
Workaround: None.
CSCdt92054
Symptom: The dspcd command shows the Line Mode on a UXM-OC3 briefly and then it is blanked out. After dspcd is executed and screen updates occur, some lines on the right hand side of the display appear to be briefly blanked out, then re-written.
Conditions: The Line Mode problem will occur if the UXM has firmware that supports CRC-4 configuration. It occurs because "Front Card Supports CRC-4 configuration)" is too long for the line and it wraps to the next line, erasing it. Any card that supports CRC-4 configuration will have this problem, it just may not be apparent if "Front Card Supports CRC-4 configuration" is the last line on the right side of the display.
The other problem with some lines being briefly overwritten on the right side of the display can be seen on all cards. The lines that are overwritten are the ones across from "Status:" and "Revision" on the display.
Workaround: These are display problems only, there is no operational effect. There is no workaround.
CSCdt92193
Symptom: VPC connections may not get bundled while routing
Conditions: When VPC connections are rerouted (either during node rebuild or through cli rrtcon), they do not get bundled (can be see through cli dsprrst). But this is not a service affecting bug. The connections are routed correctly (but may take a bit longer time reroute then when bundled).
Workaround: None.
CSCdt93721
Symptom: An extra character ("E" for E1 cards and "T" for T1 cards) is displayed between the "Config" word and the line format (T1 or E1) in the dsptrk and cnftrk screens
Conditions: On a UXM IMA virtual trunk and the virtual trunk number is two digit. Eg:9.1(5).10
Workaround: None. Just ignore the extra "E" for E1 cards and "T" for T1 cards.
CSCdt96759
Symptom: OAM Rx State of AIS/RDI for a local connection is not updated correctly.
Conditions: Local connections on the same card and port.
Workaround: dspchstats <connection> will set the correct AIS/RDI status for the connection.
CSCdt97285
Symptom: In strata.mib atmEndptSubType var has atfst value as (6) but is not defined in description following as other sub-types. need MIB update.
Symptom: VC shaping is blocked on the CLI interface. But using the SNMP interface, VC shaping field in the atmTrunks MIB can be set, which thus causes the card to be programmed for VC shaping in trunks.
Conditions: When configuring trunks using SNMP set commands, setting theatmTrkVc Shaping in atmTrunk MIB causes VC shaping to be programmed on card for the trunks.
Workaround: None.
CSCdu18109
Symptom: Slot 32 cons of remote IGX appear on slot 15 (on the BPX) after inter-release upgrades.
Conditions: After an inter-release upgrade, on the BPX side, the connection is displayed as terminating on slot 15 instead of slot 32.
Workaround: User Traffic is not affected. Only way to clear up the display is to delete and re-add the connection.
Further Problem Description: None.
CSCdu19452
Symptom: The Standby NPM may abort logging SW Error 1000003 when "clrphyslnerrs" is entered.
Conditions: When "clrphyslnerrs <slot.port>" is entered. Applicable to IGX only. SwSw Releases: All 9.1 releases, Release 9.2 and Release 9.3 prior to this fix.
Note that the abort is logged on the Standby controller card and NOT on the Active controller card. Since it is getting logged on the standby, there will not be any switchover but only a temporary loss of redundancy until the Standby controller card is updated
Workaround: None.
Further Information: A similar fix for BPX (CSCdj31091) has been integrated in Release 8.4.05.
CSCdu19705
Symptom: Software Error 614s are logged and two connections are auto-deleted when configurations are restored with about 800 connections or more on IGX nodes.
Conditions: This problem occurs when there VC indices 708 and 709 are used. The VC records are corrupted during the restore process.
Workaround: Identify the connections lost and add them back manually.
CSCdu20243
Symptom: AIS is not generated on a downed connection.
Conditions: The line endpoint of the connection goes in and out of alarm that requires the conditioning of the connections.
Workaround: Up the connection and then down the connection again after the line is in OK state.
CSCdu20347
Symptom: dlm screen gets overwritten.
Conditions: One or more of the LMI trace messages are lengthy.
Workaround: There is no perfect workaround. Check the lengthy message sequence no. in column 1 and do clrscrn. Use dlm <#> command to directly display the lengthy message.
CSCdu24322
Symptom: Network Browser (NWB) of Cisco WAN Manager (CWM) displays BXM for BXM-T3-8E and BXM-E3-8E cards.
Conditions: Occurs when a BPX node has one of the following card types: BXM-T3-8E or BXM-E3-8E.
Workaround: None.
CSCdu25344
Symptoms: Software error (error code 9082) logged on IGX.
VP tunneling connections of type rt-VBR are not properly programmed. The connections don't pass traffic as a result.
VP tunneling connections of type rt-VBR do not display a valid type string when using dspcon or dspcons commands. The type field is blank.
Conditions: Adding rt-vbr VP Tunneling Connection on UXM. The software errors are logged in pairs, one for each endpoint of the connection.
Workaround: None.
CSCdu25641
Symptoms: Adding a UVM(CVM) to FTM connection causes data base corruption and the connection is deleted after switchcc. Symptoms of the corruption are as follows:
Multiple software errors (code 384) logged at slave node when adding CVM-FTM or UVM-FTM connections.
Some of the FTM endpoints terminate on non-existent FTM ports.
Software errors are seen at the slave node of a UVM-FTM or CVM-FTM connection after a CC switch. Software errors of type 614, 961, 372, and 384 may be observed.
Conditions: IGX nodes terminating voice connections on FTM cards.
The user executes addcon, attempting to add a range of CVM(UVM) channels to a single FTM channel, which is not a valid configuration. Command syntax is as follows:
A switchcc occurs at the FTM endpoint node after adding connections as described above.
Workaround:
The command syntax described above is invalid. Do not attempt connection addition in that manner.
If the system software release contains the fixes for both CSCdt37502 and CSCdt90019, executing a subsequent switchcc clears the corruption. Otherwise, Please see CSCdt37502 and CSCdt90019 for further information.
CSCdu27936
Symptom: ILMI does not work on BXM virtual trunks. ILMI does not work on UXM virtual trunks, if the protocol in enabled on card.
Conditions: If the first virtual trunk on the BXM/UXM interface is downed, The ILMI session is deactivated for all the virtual trunks on that interface.
Workaround:
1. Hitless rebuild and switchcc reprograms the ILMI lcn.
OR
2. BXM/UXM card reset OR full rebuild will also clear the problem.
CSCdu28559
Symptom: With 2-segment SIW-T connection from AXIS/FRSM to BXM Port on same BPX, return traffic is dropped to FRSM. Traffic is marked as non-compliant on BXM port and dropped. Connection is ABRFST type.
Condition: If connection is added from BNI trunk to BXM Port, traffic is dropped. If connection is added from BXM Port to BNI trunk, traffic is not dropped.
Workaround: Add connection from BXM to BNI only.
CSCdu35011
Symptom: Cannot configure framing to OFF for UFM-C line.Software does not allow CRC to be disabled.
Conditions: With cnfln command unable to disable CRC. Switch Software releases 9.2.35 and later.
Workaround: None. Further Problem Description:
The problem has come due to wrong logic used during the condition checking.
CSCdu35456
Symptom: Low IDLE time on CWM gateway node. The dspprfhist command shows real-time usage increases in the NETW and PROT processes after CWM is enabled. The nwstats command show "Rx Buff Full" discards and very high Rx messages with function code 0x E1 (messages to CWM). The "dspsvmsg 2" will show a large number of robust trunk updates relative to other types of robust updates.
Conditions: CWM enabled, robust notification enabled, trunk bandwidth changes in the network.
Workaround: There are two recommended workarounds to this problem:1. Use cnfrobparm to change the "Robust State wakeup timer" and "Robust update timer" from their default value of 10 seconds to 60 seconds. This will extend the update interval for all robust updates to 60 seconds. Please make sure there are no CWM or VNS applications which depend on the 10 second update interval. 2. The document "CWM Design and Implementation, CWM Traffic Routing Options" by Robin Smith states that using in-band NMS traffic and "nwip_off" is "Not recommended in more than a 15 node network". This recommendation is consistent with the recommendation from several SWSW DEs that there should be 20 or less nodes per IP Relay subnet.
Further Problem Description: The defect correction CSCdm12139 added robust trunk bandwidth updates for local trunks (trunks with an endpoint on the reporting node) whenever there is a bandwidth change due to connection routing or trunk configuration. A defect in CSCdm12139 caused robust trunk updates to be sent for the local trunks when remote trunk bandwidth changed. This defect is corrected in CSCdu35456.
CSCdu38022
Symptom: IGX commands cnffrcls and cnfcon allow user to configure ECN threshold to be greater than VCQ depth.
Conditions: Observed in IGX 9.2.35. Problem is not related to any traffic conditions. Problem occurs when incomplete set of parameters are specified in cnffrcls.
Workaround: Specify complete set of parameters in cnffrcls.
CSCdu40248
Symptom: After upgrading from 9.1.19 to 9.2.36, the dsptrkutl command gives inaccurate information for virtual trunks.
Workaround: None.
Further Problem Description: This problem is not related to upgrade. dsptrkutl for vtrk works for 9.1 and was broken in later release of 9.2.
CSCdu49568
Symptom: The following commands cause an abort (1M3 swerr) when they are executed with an address of the format slot.start_port-end_port.
Conditions: The abort occurs when the end_port is greater than 8.
Workaround: Avoid executing the commands mentioned with the endport > 8.
CSCdu52374
Symptom: dsplmistats command cant be used by users with privilege 1-6.
Conditions: When log in as user, dsplmistats will not work for BPX in 9.2 and 9.3. They work fine for IGX though.
Workaround: None.
Further Problem Description: There is discrepancy in release document and actual implementation for BPX 92 and 9.3 swsw release. Users at all levels should be able to use this display command. as documented.
CSCdu61462
Symptom: Software error 2099,2057,894 logged on igx nodes
Condition: The errors occur when TFTP trunk statistics are not enabled for UXM trunks, and a UXM trunk is subsequently activated.
The errors could potentially fill the error log, but are otherwise benign.
Workaround: Include UXM trunk statistics when enabling TFTP trunk statistics.
CSCdu70098
Symptom: A Software error 55 is logged when a BXM card that has a line interface on it is reset or downed.
Conditions: This problem occurs when:
1. You reset or down a BXM card that has a line interface.
2. CWM is attached.
Workaround: Configure the CWM so that it does not request line alarm status.
CSCdu77043
Symptom: When adding lines to uxm IMA group, trunk goes into inverse mux failure and connections fail. They don't reroute as the other end of the connection says ok.
The trunk declares inverse mux failure even though there are sufficient "OK" links to sustain the trunk. The command dspphyslns verifies this. The inverse mux failure condition clears once the new physical line is activated on both ends of the trunk, and are clear of alarms.
Conditions: Attempting to add new physical lines to existing IMA trunks, using UXM firmware that contains the fix for CSCdp65736.
Workaround: Route traffic off of IMA trunk prior to adding the new physical line.
Further Problem Description:
The fix for CSCdp65736 introduced new IMA link fail messages which were not recognized by software. The software was modified to support these additional messages.
CSCdu82392
Symptom: ChState and OE ChState are wrong in dcct display.
Conditions: For VOICE connection, dcct shows ChState and OE ChState INACTIVE even when channels is active.
Workaround: None.
Further Problem Description: VC_VOICE_DB *)vc_ptr)->vc_chan_state is used for dcct display and was never updated except in loop mode and this is wrong.
CSCdv01127
Symptom: dsptech command shows incorrect values for FDR parameter, shows as feeders attached even though there are no feeders connected to the node.
This problem is seen on three IGX nodes running with 9.2.4D image.
Condition: Problem is observed only after ALM-A lines are upped.
Workaround: None.
Known Anomalies from Previous Releases Closed in 9.2.40
The following table lists the known anomalies in previous Switch Software deliveries that are fixed in Release 9.2.40.
Bug ID
Description
CSCdk45222
This problem does not exist in 9.2.
CSCdm01239
This problem was fixed in the first release of 9.2.
CSCdm60702
Given the automatic recovery and the implementation of hitless rebuild in 9.2 and removal of many bus error triggers, this issue will not be addressed at this time. This bug has been closed.
CSCdm60707
Given the automatic recovery and the implementation of hitless rebuild in 9.2 and removal of many bus error triggers, this issue will not be addressed at this time. This bug has been closed.
CSCdp98648
This is currently in the 'I' state requesting more information from the submitter.
CSCdr25275
This has been closed with the recommendation that the customer submit a PER.
CSCdr25281
This has been closed with the recommendation that the customer submit a PER.
CSCdr75042
This bug has been closed and the issue addressed by modifying ABR-related flow control parameters.
CSCds33823
This has been closed as unreproducible.
CSCds34151
This bug has been closed and PER# 2699 has been opened for this issue.
CSCds57049
This is fixed in 9.2.40.
CSCdt16892
This bug is in the `C' (Closed) state because it works as designed.
CSCdt26312
This was closed as a duplicate of CSCdk48180 which was fixed in 9.2.38.
CSCdt62019
This was fixed in CWM 9.2.09
CSCdt97285
This is fixed in 9.2.40
CSCdu25641
This is fixed in 9.2.40
Anomalies Fixed in Release 9.2.38
The following table lists the problems that are fixed in the 9.2.38 Switch Software release.
Bug ID
Description
CSCdj38754
E3 trail trace string is not transmitted by lines on BXM-E3 cards.
CSCdj75848
dsppwr shows all power supplies as "AC Failed."
CSCdk48180
The bcc card is WDT reset and suddenly logs swerr52.
CSCdk77478
SNMP walk for statistics causes excessive card polling
CSCdm87370
swerr 526 occurs when command cnfchfax issued on IGX.
CSCdm94164
swerr 3028 logged after 9.2.2U upgrade
CSCdp49466
swerr 529 logged on BPX as a result of tstcon fault isolation.
CSCdp57264
ILMI manages to work only on one subinterface
CSCdp66407
dspchstats may display truncated value for Avg. CPS if cells exceed 21474836.
CSCdr33931
When active APS line in Yellow, Trunk is OK, but CWM is not informed.
CSCdr42274
Dspload doesn't display all existing trunks
CSCdr84212
BXM connection to slot 32 on a remote IGX is reported as being terminated on slot 15
CSCds05558
dspportcnf displays terminal port information instead of Frame Relay data.
CSCds07518
SNMP authentication error format non standard -- HPOV cant recognize
CSCds41674
dsppwr displays incorrect information in 9.1.22 with IGX8 nodes
CSCds84776
APS 1:1 line experiences a SigDegrade BER alarm that never clears.
CSCds88886
Flash type information for BXM card is only accessible through the rsh command.
CSCds89384
swerr 56 logged while running jobs for dncd/upcd with y-redundancy on HDM cards.
CSCdt06177
User viewing actual bit rate per sec rather than the 100's of bits per second per the MIB.
CSCdt12153
cnffrcls and cnfcon allow ECN threshold to be greater than VCQ depth.
CSCdt12595
swerr 527 logged when winkstart enabled for CVM-E1, Model B, FW rev D cds
CSCdt19038
Trunk or line fails when APS line redundancy is deleted
CSCdt24951
TFTP stat files not created but the CLI command dspstatparms shows stats enabled.
CSCdt31369
When tstber terminates before it is finished, BCC crosspoint test may log swerr 55.
CSCdt34566
BPX command tstber always reports that the BCC crosspoint test is active.
CSCdt35616
The dspstatsinfo command does not tally ports that are in the LOOPED state.
CSCdt39500
swerr 526 (NEG_FILL_REQ) occurs when doing dsptrkerrs/dsplnerrs/clrtrkerrs
CSCdt42261
Errors are recorded on the now active line and not the standby line.
CSCdt48334
dsprevs considers 'Secondary Loaded' revision to select the 'Lowest revision running in network'
CSCdt58349
The IGX or BPX node logs a swerr 516 or aborts with an error code of 1m3 (1000003)
CSCdt64027
Physical trunks on a BPX are defaulting to trunks that do not route the clock.
Channel statistics 42,43 are not valid for UFM card connections
CSCdt90019
FTM to FRM (either side can be master) will get auto deleted after an upgrade
CSCdt98295
Warning message for exceeding port bandwidth after switchcc
Anomalies Fixed in Release 9.2.37
The following table lists the problems that are fixed problems in the 9.2.37 Switch Software release. Included with each is a brief discussion of the problem.
Bug ID
Description
CSCdk48068
Unable to copy UVM FW DCA, DDA & DEC over trunks with getfwrev
CSCdk62907
Unable to disable telnet access using the off2 command.
CSCdp34465
dspcd on BME slot shows line type twice for BME card name.
CSCdr17998
9082 occurs when adding a UBR connection on an ASI
CSCdr20915
The defect of the option type of resetcd
CSCdr25253
No AIS-P alarm reported when Path AIS is sent from upstream equipment
CSCdr25273
AIS-L alarm is not properly propagated
CSCdr25275
RFI-L alarm not properly detected
CSCdr51769
dspqbinstats show negative values
CSCdr57396
Dereferencing uninitialized pointer
CSCdr64541
Negative Value in the Real Time Counters (Cbrctxl:-1728314534)
CSCds15146
dspclksrcs does not display correctly when cancelled and more screens
CSCds16812
Trunk Channel programmed with wrong values on BXM, UXM.
CSCds18089
cnfapsln uses incorrect term for SD BER
CSCds20977
Signal Degrade cleared in internal BXM states. SWSW still shows Signal Degrade.
CSCds24390
con_verify command should be restored in 9.2 and 9.3
CSCds47570
Modify the incorrect SCR value range (7-1412832) to (6-1412832).
CSCds52967
Secondary clocks hidden on dspclksrcs when a 34th primary is added.
CSCds59200
swlog378 logged while trying to copycons from the trunk card to UXM-T3 ca
CSCds61240
Connections added on BPX displays Unknown Response (17)
CSCds64587
copycons allows ATFX conns on FRM (doesn't support ATFX conns)
CSCds66268
copycons does not generate warning messages
CSCds66861
Inconsistent via conns routed over UXM trunk once gateway conn limit r
CSCds69729
tstconseg - Abort flag option does not work
CSCds72447
Cost-based route recovery allows route to exceed conn cost cap
CSCds75109
Negative numbers output on upstats command
CSCds75929
dspctrlrs output in BPX does not wraparound and the output is truncate
CSCds82339
Upgrade/switchcc on IGX may cause < 10% IDLE time for a long time
CSCds84556
Extra control characters to printf cause L in dsppwr screen
CSCds86393
SES-FDR:CDerrors Record Wraparound function does not work
CSCds88748
Software does not set LCN resync Bit during upgrade with upgraded firm
CSCds89338
Prefer path connection routed with negative load.
CSCdt01430
NWIP traffic is not delivered, other CC traffic is delivered as expected
CSCdt04146
SWSW error 923 was logged on BPX node
CSCdt04849
SW dnld should be blocked if fw download is going on
CSCdt04852
CWM: backcard removal info not updated, active empty card not removed
CSCdt15193
CLI rsh will cause node to abort (3m) if invoked when all memory area
CSCdt24344
Stby Bus Errors was being counted after the card failure
CSCdt24454
A Minor Alarm isn't flagged on your screen for a card failure
CSCdt35981
UXM-OC3 card shows Active-F, dspcd shows PLN Loopback Test Intermittently
CSCdt37502
FTM connections auto delete after switchcc
CSCdt49018
Node re-numbering from 39 causes IGX aborts and comm. break
CSCdu12537
Software error (error code 256) logged on BPX
Anomalies Fixed in Release 9.2.36
The following table lists problems that are fixed in the 9.2.35 Switch Software release.
Bug ID
Description
CSCdr82206
NPM in slot 2 may not be able to communicate with UXM
CSCds87060
Non-gateway LCN maybe assigned where gateway LCN is needed.
Anomalies Fixed in Release 9.2.35
The following table lists the problems fixed in the 9.2.35 Switch Software release.
Bug ID
Description
CSCdk19709
BPX may sync a neighbor test in error and report a suspected BCC failure
CSCdm07982
ALM/B and NTM reset with hardware errors after UFM card fails
CSCdm12139
Packet_line table not updating Bursty_a_load, Bursty_b_load
CSCdm42912
SNMPProxyAgent fails on SET of PrefRoute with 10 hops (switch rejects)
CSCdm60699
Async updates are sent incorrectly when VCQueue fills up.
CSCdp51531
Software log 21(9082) occurs when UBR con added and one of the endpoints is ASI-155
CSCdp53419
UXM trunk LCN verification not performed on card configuration
CSCdp56458
Software error 34 occurs when entering a three-part ASI address for many different UI commands
CSCdp73084
upport, dnport, cnfport do not show port speed due to screen overwrite
CSCdr03517
Info Bus A Reports 1 Error(s) (CNTL) logged frequently with LCC LDM FW
CSCdr53669
SLT:ILMI is not disabled after changing virtual trunk to line port.
CSCdr55450
Flood of swlog 992 kills ILMI task on BCC making all MGX 8220 unreachable
CSCdr58956
10 hop connection only adds in one direction with cost-based routing
CSCdr65152
MIB variables not incrementing for fpTrkStatsEntry variables
CSCdr68507
dsplog shows wrong VPI/VCI when port loopback deleted
CSCdr70919
Interface Shelf Major alarm logged when changing protocol to run on BXM card
CSCdr71482
dsptrkstats tx and rx load percentage incorrect, sometimes greater than 100%
CSCdr71781
Auto Memory reserved is not set to zero (swerr 3000) after upln on BXM-E
CSCdr72296
snmp walk on shelfslotinfotable causes swerr 26 when UXM is missing a back card
CSCdr73183
111 when 23 ifcs (trk/prt) on a BXM slot, 23+ causes trunk/port statistic loss
CSCdr73442
Deleting a simulated AAL5 feeder causes 1M3 abort and swerrs 513, 589 and 502
CSCdr74031
cnfcmb parameters changes on IGX when adding BPX to network
CSCdr74447
VC Depth does not get set to the correct value during addition of PVC
CSCdr74841
Display Routing Table Contents does not work
CSCdr74919
bnni lights do not go out after a dntrk
CSCdr75723
Software error 938 PNA_SEND_ERR when lan default gateway is set to zero.
CSCdr76988
Rounding problem in calculating UBU on dspbusbw
CSCdr78202
Software error 1120 logged during upgrading from 9.3.1T to 9.3.1V
CSCdr78391
Software error 3074 when upgrading from 931T to 931V
CSCdr78404
UVM has excessive delay for g729 conn which route on uxme 2Mbps virtual trunk
CSCdr79123
During routing delay of path may be calculated incorrectly
CSCdr79195
Too many connections could be packed by pack_conns()
CSCdr80522
Investigate user commands included HIPRI login for problem caused by Pause_proc
CSCdr80662
Some connection parameters are reset to default on rebuild/switchcc
CSCdr81947
dspselftst stopped working due to fragmented dynamic memory
CSCdr82470
Port loopback for the local slave end of a daxcon fails
CSCdr83296
VSI partition addition, dntrk or cnftrk on virtual trunk causes unreachability
CSCdr85197
The random() function is deterministic
CSCdr86188
AIS generates bit set for slave end of ATM daxcon with line in LOS
CSCdr86717
Mismatched back cards are allowed in a Y-red configuration
CSCdr91284
Two software errors 997s are logged after addtrk <vtrk>
CSCdr92045
Communication failure on trunks creates software error 1417.
CSCdr95419
delapsln executes without confirmation
CSCdr95576
Software error 327 with switchcc and failed connections
CSCdr95604
Allow IGX transmit rate to change locally for an added trunk.
CSCdr95788
Enhancement for signalling Qbin support
CSCdr96358
Last line of dsptech is writing into the border
CSCdr96513
The first interface upped on BXM/UXM has an incorrect maximum discard threshold.
CSCdr98681
cnftrk on BTM or ALM causes software error 923
CSCds00854
Software error 1427 is generated.
CSCds01587
Switch sending cells rx/tx statistics as 0 to CWM
CSCds02627
cnfqbin cannot use the default discard threshold.
CSCds02931
ILMI interval statistics are not collected.
CSCds03275
No trunk statistics are collected for last slot of IGX. Caused by CSCdm04491 fix
CSCds05668
Node goes into degraded mode after upgrading from 931Y to 931b
CSCds07761
SLT: Software error 103 UBU allocation errors
CSCds08777
Incorrect card/image accepted in tftp request. Missing Cmi_fwdl_prefix.
CSCds08808
Changing trunk rate using cnftrk overwrites BXM OC-12/T3/E3 with OC-3 Q depths
CSCds09778
BXM:CBR traffic drops as trunk Qbin bandwidth does not change with connection. reroute/dncon/upcon
CSCds12523
LMI Interval statistics are not collected.
CSCds13718
Incompatibility between Switch Software Release 9.2.23 and BXM firmware MF27.
CSCds16795
Incorrect programming of ingress/egress MCR on a terminating UXM trunk
CSCds17902
Software errors 532 & 538 found on BPX
CSCds22399
dspcon shows error of connection does not exist when dspcons shows all connections
CSCds22519
Software error 9082 logged for UXM when NPM resetcd
CSCds31978
Inconsistent via connections routed over UXM trunk once gateway connection limit is reached.
CSCds32831
dsptrkstats on down BNI card produces software log 8096
CSCds35608
UXM is not configurable to NON-CRC-4 mode.
CSCds36582
BCC Clock failure not processed by switch software during switchcc
CSCds39545
dspfdr does not display the VSI channels correctly.
CSCds43387
Software error 1128 on executing dspbuses when standby bus is failed
CSCds50411
delyred executes without confirmation
Anomalies Fixed in Release 9.2.34
The following table lists problems fixed in the 9.2.34 Switch Software release.
Bug ID
Description
CSCdk55887
dspport command moved from user-level-6 to user-level-2 in 8.1
CSCdm13655
VC bw parameter is not reused (initialized differently during upgrade vs. provision)
CSCdp50091
data_channel table not updating with 9.1.15 switch software
CSCdp67775
BPX does not clear last user request after SF switch
CSCdp93955
Swlog 532 when doing a snmpwalk on the node
CSCdr08430
Non TS queue size not saved in bram; also strange queue size behavior
CSCdr09440
ASI Qbin config lost when programming 2ndary card in Y-Red set
CSCdr11698
TS cell discards on Virtual Trunks with overbooked f/relay traffic
CSCdr11823
BCC tstber channel could use VPI that is in the VSI range
CSCdr15924
Failure to receive proper traps w/ 2+ CWMs pointing to same network
CSCdr20925
Connection data stops when reverted to primary in Y-red
CSCdr21739
Node hung up and lost access after deleting trunk.
CSCdr22568
ILMI Disable Command not sent to BXM FW when ILMI is disabled on a port
CSCdr23432
Switch aborts when cnfport command is issued.
CSCdr25318
UFMU port reports active state when the back card is missing
CSCdr27853
cnfcmparm 9 (reroute timer) should be defaulted to 3 seconds
CSCdr32789
Gateway LCNs are not getting updated if the other end is BXM and cnfrsrc done at BXM
CSCdr33428
UXM number of channels mismatch after card rebuild
CSCdr36808
SESSLT:SPVC reroute failed due to cross commit fail but PXM, BXM have RSRC
CSCdr36819
Message 0x53 not sent when dntrk/deltrk is done on Egress/Ingress side
CSCdr38707
SLT: Total VSI min. bw > 1412830 should not be allowed on BPX.
CSCdr41814
Prevent AR/VSI conflicts for VPIs used by Feeders for LMI/IP - SNMP changes
CSCdr48340
dspnw on a nw with IMA virtual trunks causes swerr 1423 or 1M3
CSCdr49264
Add rt-vbr connection via CWM, CLI shows nrt-vbr and snmpget shows as rt-vbr
CSCdr49301
PVC does not route after preferred is not available
CSCdr51105
Software error 30 is logged while UXM is inserted
CSCdr56249
Transition counter stats (LOS) not updated when line goes into alarm
CSCdr58725
Selftests: Freq.value of < 40seconds causes consistent resetting of UXM cards
CSCdr64725
MIB variable switchIfOperStatus reports up when a trunk is actually added
CSCdr67236
SES have stats file 1 hour ahead of bpx stats file even time are same
CSCdr75146
Connections will not route due to lack of LCNs as seen in constats command
CSCdr79123
During routing delay of path may be calculated incorrectly
Anomalies Fixed in Release 9.2.33
The following table lists problems fixed in the 9.2.33 Switch Software release.
Bug ID
Description
CSCdj14920
Unable to clrcnf on BPX node whose number is > 63
CSCdm04491
Swerr 921 flooding
CSCdm13655
VC bw parm is not reused (initialized differently during upgrade vs. provision).
CSCdm29466
Cannot addtrk on the VSI network because of VPC conid mismatch
CSCdm31518
"Active CC failure (EEPROM, SAR) and standby unlock or reseat causes rebuild."
CSCdm38578
Echo Negotiation for telnet between AIX and BPX
CSCdm48790
SIU phase errors from all BXM cards in a node
CSCdm69629
Different values of statistical reserve for dsptrkcnf and dspload
CSCdm88055
Job run job experienced failed
CSCdp20486
UXM IMA physical line alarms are not sent to SV+
CSCdp50871
UP/Down Line on ALM-A behaves erratically.
CSCdp53961
Control card mastership error not properly detected by software
CSCdp58131
SNMP get function in atmTrunkStatsTable
CSCdp62387
APS Clear Trap 20100 does not distinguish various types of clear events.
CSCdp68440
Swerr 961(BAD_LCN_SPECIFIED) found after dnport/dnln
CSCdp72012
Swerr 129 (BAD_TYPE_LOGGED) found at BPX2
CSCdp73065
Background Tst card errors on active. Card has state ACTIVE-F w/ss
CSCdp73606
Port LED remains on when line is downed on UXM.
CSCdp78731
LCN and VPC conid count is not sending correctly in TBL
CSCdp83180
Swerr 614 AUTO_DEL_LCON and 612 AUTO_DEL_VC upon fallback from 9.3.0L
CSCdp83902
UVM Line pass through does not work on the second physical line on UVM
CSCdp87624
Autodel trunk when rebuilding a port with 32 vtrks
CSCdp93368
When up a line then switch software seems to program all cons on that card
CSCdp93728
Summary statistics overflow is not detected correctly for Port and VI stats
CSCdp94039
Swlog 2000 occurs when snmpwalk on an IGX node
CSCdp95286
Cross point failures on the bcc.
CSCdp95807
Robust object message for vtrunks appears to be reporting wrong channel count
CSCdp96768
VSI and SVC bandwidth is not eliminated while configuring egress hpqbn b/w.
CSCdp98970
VT session timeouts on particular page when running dsprts
CSCdp99622
"Burn UXM/FW using C-bus, gets aborted"
CSCdp99780
Inhibit line loop diagnostics for IMA line/trunk
CSCdr00360
A Tstdelay command cannot run while card is initilized
CSCdr04828
IP relay channel is not getting deprogrammed when AAL/5 feeder is deleted
CSCdr06086
A dsp_pa_fail0 switch statement falls through when it should not.
CSCdr06280
Conditional update should not be integrated for a trunk between T1 and E1
CSCdr08084
A 62 message is not send on addyred if the secondary card is running self-test
CSCdr08231
A clrtrkstats does not clear Trunk Qbin statistics
CSCdr08952
A addloclp on BNI feeder connection aborts a node under certain circumstances
CSCdr10473
A swerr 1012 (BAD_RS_NCHANS) occurs after hitless rebuild
CSCdr11310
Configure LMI on UXM port causing swerr 987
CSCdr11823
A non-Fatal card error occurs on red. BXM during PXM1 upgrade. Refer to bug CSC46785
CSCdr11837
The maximum channel limit for dspchoid command is incorrect
CSCdr12300
Switch MIB is inconsistent with the CLI
CSCdr14544
PNNI VPI.VCI 0.18 is blocked when path 0 is built on BXM.
CSCdr14558
Switch software updates wrong port DB and robust message after Y-Red UFM switch over.
CSCdr14935
Unable to add UFM UXM connections from UFM side and there is corruption of Be Bc.
CSCdr17056
Provide UNKNOWN state for serialPortLeadState
CSCdr19348
NTS connections get bit errors when Frame Relay bursts fill up trunk capacity
CSCdr20760
Incorrect prompt while deleting a trunk on IGX UXM card
CSCdr21739
Node hung up and lost access after deleting a trunk.
CSCdr26582
CD error after issuing a addctclr command (SLT)
CSCdr30234
Available Conids gets updated only on the nodes connected by the trunk.
CSCdr32875
"int_all_usr_updt, trkchans: kicks of reroute only for trunks attached locally."
CSCdr41370
Dspchstat from Port counter slowly ramps-up to send rate
Anomalies Fixed in Release 9.2.32
The following table lists problems fixed in the 9.2.32 Switch Software release. Included with each is a brief description of the problem.
Bug ID
Description
CSCdk03916
Trunk information is inconsistent
CSCdr26613
"When active APS line has YEL, trunk fails."
CSCdr35085
Switchcc cannot be cancelled when updates pending
Anomalies Fixed in Release 9.2.31
The following table lists problems fixed in the 9.2.31 Switch Software release.
Bug ID
Description
CSCdk15523
"Integer overflow results in computation in get_bc, get_be funcs"
CSCdk22052
Switchcc event logged under trapd.log when the command is cancelled
CSCdk45354
No data continuity between UVM & HDM for nx64 connection
CSCdk60213
HDM data errors with 1152 kb/s connections on 9.1.06
CSCdm10213
After upgrade or switchcc in 9.1, extra connections may appear
CSCdm20593
Switch software should not allow an ATFR connection between two UXMs
CSCdm26083
Dsptrkbob causes swerr 30 and 923 when performed on sec Y-Red card
CSCdm46032
SNMP identifies ALM/A line as ATM trunk
CSCdm47765
VT cause memory leak
CSCdm68968
"VC-Q depth setting at default value, Connection Manager, IGX, routing and feeder node"
CSCdm75577
UFM-C to BXM SIW/NIW connection discards 100% cells at BXM on BPX if the connection is between UFM-C on IGX to BXM on BPX.
CSCdm77271
Incorrect modem upgrade support
CSCdm87788
Unable to add connection with maximum rate on BXM-T3 port with direct mapping
CSCdm91529
"Screen flicker on dspnds, with more than 2 columns nodes"
CSCdp07967
Statistics files updating standby cause standby to hang in update state
CSCdp09854
The value for maximum pvc bw in rsrc partition displays wrong value
CSCdp15350
SNMP GET-NEXT does not work for frLportStatTable
CSCdp20534
Uninitialized variable in get_rrt_space() function
CSCdp27598
Disabling and enabling echo canceller produces Channel Pair Problem
CSCdp32245
BXM-OC3 DX performance monitoring is not implemented Bellcore 253 Sec 6.2.2.
CSCdp32422
addlnlocrmtlp does not loop traffic properly in APS 1+1 cross over circuit
CSCdp32490
Secondary CC went from UPGRADED to STANDBY after pull/reinsert CC-backcard
CSCdp32760
Updates/Upgrades of circuit lines can cause a memory leak on the standby
CSCdp32823
IGX FAIL handler causes high CPU utilization
CSCdp34687
BPXs running 9.2.22 experiences commBreak every 5 seconds and cleared.
CSCdp34935
connCurrRouteDesc description inconsistent with code
CSCdp35155
LDM cderrs and card failed in 9.2.3M
CSCdp37572
Addcon command does not include connection display
CSCdp39883
Con with 1/101 VPI/VCI added at BXM fdr trunk caused UNRCH of its fdr
CSCdp41410
Modem Silence duration can be set to a maximum of only 5.1 seconds
CSCdp42776
Cannot configure BXM port by runjob command
CSCdp43913
Dsprsrc displays confusing information about Topo Discovery
CSCdp45833
SVC deletions are sometimes incomplete (swerr 332 with FFF1)
CSCdp47053
ALM/B Y-Red does not work for upgrade 8.5.09->9.1.15->9.2.23
CSCdp47428
IFC failed when shelf is re-added (with 2 partition)
CSCdp47479
Unable to configure feeder LMI timers
CSCdp48792
"The dsplog/trapd show the APS alarm cleared, but dspapsln is in LOS"
CSCdp48797
All connection parms go to 0 when change vc q depth
CSCdp49215
Addtrk on Y-red card causes swerr 9082
CSCdp49860
Dncon causes other connections to be downed
CSCdp49951
BPX hanging up with TUNL task using up to 60% CPU RT
CSCdp50593
Updated information PNNI ctrlr not sent after addctrlr command
CSCdp51318
No alarm of the APSLN in dsplog/dspapsln after Signal Degrade/Failure
CSCdp52802
UVM ports do not pass data due to stuck CCS conditioning
CSCdp53212
Dspload from IGX on a remote BPX with trunk no.> 8 is not allowed
CSCdp53891
Addloclp and addrmtlp command causes yellow alarm on UVI interface
CSCdp54106
"BCC switchcc causes Comm failure, telnet failure"
CSCdp54803
BCC switches over when standby is in update statistic with bad Spurious Int
CSCdp55388
Dspchuse shows wrong number for max PVC configured.
CSCdp55442
Addjob/editjob and cnfport corrupts memory or can cause a 1M3 abort
CSCdp58545
Distortion on UVM-to-CVM connections routed on UXM Trunks when VAD Threshold reached.
CSCdp58869
Unintelligent response from cnfcon command
CSCdp59960
UVM does not send yellow alarm to PBX when it receives a yellow alarm from PBX
CSCdp61539
"Networking channel deletion problem for Transparent, Blind and Inter-nodal"
CSCdp64345
Virtual trunk in comm fail is chosen by route or after hitless rebuild
CSCdp65187
Multiple switchyred within 10 seconds causes line to go in LOS for APS
CSCdp66930
No failed traps for user lockout but traps for BPX lockout
CSCdp69003
"Decrease Comm Brk clear, reroute and recondition time after rebuild"
CSCdp69582
Unable to switchyred on upgrade from BXM to BXM-E due to Qbin size mismatch
CSCdp70093
Failure configuring VSI ILMI gives error message Unknown error for LCN un avail.
CSCdp70295
"UNI port MIB should show range 1-255, not"
CSCdp73719
ILMI on card can be disabled through SNMP even if VSI ILMI enabled.
CSCdp76840
Resetcd on Active should warn when standby is still in PRGM mode.
CSCdp79429
Dspselftst shows test attempts incrementing yet Status always shows Not Run
CSCdp79560
TFTP Channel Stats are not reported correctly
CSCdp79719
Cnftrk on an IMA trunk shows negative transmit trunk rate!
CSCdp82720
Y-red: standby UXM does not take over when FW is burned on active card
CSCdp84848
Dsplogcd for a VSI trunk attempts to use an uninitialized pointer
CSCdp85171
Flood of HW failure messages from BXM caused node rebuild
CSCdp85238
Alarm are not getting updated when delapsln and switchyred/resetcd is done.
CSCdp86269
Trunks and LNs on aps cds go into LOS and never recover during gr253 -> ITUT.
CSCdp90123
Cnftrk for a vtrk on an OC12 interface gives a line coding prompt
CSCdp90130
Cnfrsrc shows more bandwidth than the physical maximum for a feeder.
CSCdp98715
Swlog 514 and 589 when doing dncon.
CSCdr00072
Using unintialized num_ports variable in av_bkcd()
Anomalies Fixed in Release 9.2.30
The following table lists problems fixed in the 9.2.30 Switch Software release.
Bug ID
Description
CSCdk36040
"Trap 20004-wrong value for varbind trapCardType, FRP back card"
CSCdk53336
Tstdelay not working on non-enhanced ASI-155
CSCdk87939
Dspchcnf shows inconsistent information after upgrade to 9106
CSCdm05502
Need cnfuvmchparm parameters 8 and 9 to configure UVM echo cancelers
CSCdm19532
A-bit status not propagating through network changing from NNI to UNI port
CSCdm19535
Channel program problems for BXM virtual trunks
CSCdm24140
Delcon on IGX causes IDLE RT to drop
CSCdm31990
CVM cbus message (0xA0) is not delivered when the secondary card is active.
CSCdm42254
When user ID is deleted subsequent users are reported one off.
CSCdm53182
Swerr 923 logged when dsptrkred command is used.
CSCdm65380
Allow conids lower than 4096 for VT wraparound
CSCdm72719
Unable to add BNI VT over ASI port in some cases
CSCdm74224
Unable to configure a port on OC-3 card when others are already configured.
Trunk Cell routing restriction is not prompted any more for ATM conn.
CSCdm30262
Incorrect logic for VTs in g_ima_grp_member()
CSCdm30359
Failed to add daxcon path connection due to incorrect VPI checking.
CSCdm30608
Software error 55 after addalmslot 16
CSCdm31674
Yellow alarm line conditioning for T1 lines
CSCdm32384
Node rebuild on BPX caused comm fail.
CSCdm33967
After upgrade 9.1.09 to 9.2.00 trunks went comm. failure and then OK
CSCdm34282
Dbs_Pre_9110 not initialized properly in Root()
Additional Deliverables
SNMP MIB
The SNMP IGX/BPX switch SNMP MIB is being provided with the delivery of Release 9.2.43 Switch Software. The MIB is in standard ASN.1 format and is located in the ASCII text files agent.m, ilmi.m, ilmi_ctl.m, ilmiaddr.m, switch.m, swtraps.m, and errors.m which are included in the same directory as the Switch Software images. These files may be compiled with most standards-based MIB compilers.
Switch MIB changes of Release 9.2
The following Switch MIB changes were introduced since Release 9.2.00. The changes include Obsolete objects, Modified objects, and New objects:
switchIfTable
New objects:
switchIfCtrlVPI
switchIfCtrlVCIStart
Modified objects:
switchIfEntry
switchIfScTmpltId
atmPortTable:
New objects:
atmPortHcfShift
Modified objects:
atmPortEntry
atmPortMetro
atmPortQueueTable:
Modified objects:
atmPortQueueType
atmPortQueueDepth
connTable:
Modified objects:
connCurrRouteDesc
connPrefRouteDesc
atmEndptTable:
New Objects:
atmEndptOeOamStatus
Modified objects:
atmEndptDesc
atmOtherEndptDesc
atmEndptSubType
atmEndptMCR
atmBwClassTable:
Modified objects:
atmBwClassConType
The following objects are associated with the switchShelf configuration branch.
New objects:
shelfCnfgFBTC
shelfCnfgSerialLeadTypeIndex
shelfCnfgSerialLeadMonitorTimer
shelfCnfgSystemTime
shelfSlotInfoTable:
Modified objects:
slotBackType
slotFrontNumPort
slotBackSonetMode
slotCardMinBusUBU
sonetIfTable:
Modified objects:
sonetIfType
sonetStatsTable:
New objects:
sonetStatsYelTcs
sonetStatsLocs
sonetStatsLops
sonetStatsPthAis
sonetStatsPthYels
sonetStatsSecBip8s
sonetStatsLnBip24s
sonetStatsLnFebes
sonetStatsPthBip8s
sonetStatsPthFebes
sonetStatsSecBip8Es
sonetStatsLnBip24Es
sonetStatsLnFebeEs
sonetStatsPthBip8Es
sonetStatsPthFebeEs
sonetStatsSecBip8Ses
sonetStatsSecSefs
sonetStatsLnBip24Ses
sonetStatsLnFebeSes
sonetStatsPthBip8Ses
sonetStatsPthFebeSes
sonetStatsLnUas
sonetStatsLnFarendUas
sonetStatsPthUas
sonetStatsPthFarendUas
sonetStatsHcsCrtblErrEs
Modified objects:
sonetStatsEntry
atmTrunks table:
Modified objects:
atmTrkType
atmTrkTrafCls
rsrcPartiTable:
New objects:
rsrcPartiVsiIlmiEnable
Modified objects:
rsrcPartiEntry
rsrcPartiVsiVpiEnd
serialPortTable:
New objects:
serialPortLeadState
Modified objects:
SerialPortEntry
serialPortLeadState
Default Values
This section contains default values for the BPX and IGX nodes.
BPX 8600 Nodes
The default values for BXM and Enhanced-BXM cards are the same.
43 ABR [ 80] 46 ABR [ 60] 51 ABR [ 80] 54 ABR [ 60]
This Command: cnftrkparm 9.4
Appendix A: BXM Firmware MFW Release Notes
This section contains information about the BXM firmware MFW.
About the Firmware MFW
BXM firmware version MFW supports all existing interfaces and models of BXM hardware. The tables in this section outline various levels of hardware revisions supported for BXM firmware version MFW.
Front Cards
Model Number
Description
FW model
HW Rev
FW Rev
BXM-155-4
4 port OC3 Line Module (Front Card)
F
B
MFW
BXM-155-8
8 port OC3 Line Module (Front Card)
F
B
MFW
BXM-622
1 port OC12 Line Module (Front Card)
F
D
MFW
BXM-622-2
2 port OC12 Line Module (Front Card)
F
D
MFW
BXM-T3-8
8 port T3 Line Module (Front Card)
F
B
MFW
BXM-T3-12
12 port T3 Line Module (Front Card)
F
B
MFW
BXM-E3-8
8 port E3 Line Module (Front Card)
F
B
MFW
BXM-E3-12
12 port E3 Line Module (Front Card)
F
B
MFW
BXM-155-8DX
8 port OC3 Line Module (Front Card)
F
A0
MFW
BXM-155-8D
8 port OC3 Line Module (Front Card)
F
A0
MFW
BXM-155-4DX
4 port OC3 Line Module (Front Card)
F
A0
MFW
BXM-155-4D
4 port OC3 Line Module (Front Card)
F
A0
MFW
BXM-622-2DX
2 port OC12 Line Module (Front Card)
F
A0
MFW
BXM-622-2D
2 port OC12 Line Module (Front Card)
F
A0
MFW
BXM-622-DX
1 port OC12 Line Module (Front Card)
F
A0
MFW
BXM-T3-12EX
12 port T3 Line Module (Front Card)
F
A0
MFW
BXM-T3-12E
12 port T3 Line Module (Front Card)
F
A0
MFW
BXM-T3-8E
8 port T3 Line Module (Front Card)
F
A0
MFW
BXM-E3-12EX
12 port E3 Line Module (Front Card)
F
A0
MFW
BXM-E3-12E
12 port E3 Line Module (Front Card)
F
A0
MFW
BXM-E3-8E
8 port E3 Line Module (Front Card)
F
A0
MFW
Front Card for APS Compatibility
Model Number
Description
FW model
HW Rev
FW Rev
BXM-155-4
4 port OC3 Line Module (Front Card)
F
C
MFW
BXM-155-8
8 port OC3 Line Module (Front Card)
F
C
MFW
BXM-622
1 port OC12 Line Module (Front Card)
F
E
MFW
BXM-622-2
2 port OC12 Line Module (Front Card)
F
E
MFW
BXM-155-8DX
8 port OC3 Line Module (Front Card)
F
A0
MFW
BXM-155-8D
8 port OC3 Line Module (Front Card)
F
A0
MFW
BXM-155-4DX
4 port OC3 Line Module (Front Card)
F
A0
MFW
BXM-155-4D
4 port OC3 Line Module (Front Card)
F
A0
MFW
BXM-622-2DX
2 port OC12 Line Module (Front Card)
F
A0
MFW
BXM-622-2D
2 port OC12 Line Module (Front Card)
F
A0
MFW
BXM-622-DX
1 port OC12 Line Module (Front Card)
F
A0
MFW
Back Cards
Model Number
Description
HW Rev
FW Rev
MMF-155-4
4 port multi-mode fiber back card
A
na
MMF-155-8
8 port multi-mode fiber back card
A
na
SMF-155-4
4 port single-mode fiber intermediate-reach back card
A
na
SMF-155-8
8 port single-mode fiber intermediate-reach back card
A
na
SMFMR-155-4
4 port single-mode fiber long-reach back card
A
na
SMFMR-155-8
4 port single-mode fiber long-reach back card
A
na
SMF-622
1 port intermediate-reach OC12 back card
A
na
SMF-622-2
2 port intermediate-reach OC12 back card
A
na
SMFMR-622
1 port long-reach OC12 back card
A
na
SMFMR-622-2
2 port long-reach OC12 back card
A
na
XLR-622
1 port extra long-reach OC12 back card
A
na
XLR-622-2
2 port extra long-reach OC12 back card
A
na
BPX-T3/E3-12
12 port T3/E3 back card
A
na
BPX-T3/E3-8
8 port T3/E3 back card
A
na
RDNT-LR-622-2
2 port long-reach OC12 redundant back card
A
na
RDNT-SM-622-2
2 port intermediate reach OC12 redundant back cards
A
na
RDNT-SM-622
1 port intermediate reach OC12 redundant back cards
A
na
RDNT-LR-155-8
8 port long-reach OC3 redundant back cards
A
na
RDNT-SM-155-4
4 port intermediate-reach OC3 redundant back cards
A
na
RDNT-SM-155-8
8 port intermediate-reach OC3 redundant back cards
A
na
New Features supported in BXM Firmware MFW
Bug fixes only.
New Features supported in BXM Firmware MFV
VC merge support added.
New Features supported in BXM Firmware MFU
Virtual trunk oversubscription.
VC shaping.
New Features Supported in BXM Firmware MFT
Bug fix only. This image includes a fix for the bug CSCdw54957.
New Features Supported in BXM Firmware MFR
Bug fix only.
New Features Supported in BXM Firmware MFP
Configurable number of ILMI traps.
New Features Supported in BXM Firmware MFN
F4-F5 Mapping on ports and F4 AIS detection on virtual trunks.
Dynamic partitioning feature is supported on BXM card by default. Remote shell feature through the BCC CLI provides a mechanism to turn off this feature.
SPVC feeder support.
New Features Supported in BXM Firmware MFF
Use of separate qbin to guarantee bandwidth resources for the control channels of VSI controllers.
New Features Supported in BXM Firmware MFE
Bug fix only.
Note Support for APS 1:1 added for VSI.
New Features Supported in BXM Firmware MFD
Bug fix only.
New Features Supported in BXM Firmware MFC
Support for SES (PNNI controller).
BootCore enhancement to support multi-vendor flash-SIMMs.
A 1 msec granularity for tstdelay measurement.
New Features Supported in BXM Firmware MFB
Multiple VSI (2.2) partition feature. Three partitions are supported.
Hitless connection density upgrade for BXM.
SCR and PCR policing at less than 50 CPS for T3/E3 BXMs.
Control traffic shaping.
New Features Supported in BXM Firmware MFA
Multiple VSI (2.2) partition feature. (two partitions)
Note First release in MF branch of firmware.
New Features Supported in BXM Firmware MEC
There is no new feature in release MEC.
New Features Supported in BXM Firmware MEB
There is no new feature in release MEB.
New Features Supported in BXM Firmware MEA
VSI version 2.2 (single partition).
ITUT Annex B and configurable signal degrade (SD) and signal failure (SF) thresholds for SONET linear APS on BXM-OC3 and BXM-OC12 (1+1, 2 card, 1:1).
The current default thresholds are
BIP count
Condition
10-4
SF detected
10-5
SD detected & SF clear
10-6
SD clear & SF clear
New Features Supported in BXM Firmware MDA
Virtual trunking.
BXM multi-level channel statistics.
SONET linear APS on BXM-OC3 and BXM-OC12 (1+1, 2 card, 1:1).
This section contains additional installation and upgrade requirements.
APS Issues
Upgrading from MEK and lower firmware to MFW when feeder trunks are utilized with APS while the BPX node does not have APS requires the following procedure:
Step 1 Change the MGX Release 1 feeder to use APS1+1 unidirectional AND disable K1K2 processing (may need to delete and then add back APS). On the BPX temporarily configure to use unidirectional mode.
Step 2 After MGX Release 1 dspapsln shows both lines OK, delete the APS line on the BPX.
Step 3 Proceed to upgrade the BXM cards as if YRED.
Step 4 After both cards are MFW, add back the APS on the BPX.
Step 5 Reconfigure both MGX Release 1 and BPX to use the appropriate APS configurations.
BXM cards with MCB/MDA firmware or later can be smoothly migrated to the MFA or above version of firmware by using Y-cable redundancy.
To upgrade a BXM card pair in Y-red configuration, complete the following steps:
Step 1 Upgrade the standby card with the MFA or above firmware version. Wait for all of the configuration to be downloaded into the card.
Step 2 Do a switchyred to switch to the card with firmware MFA or above version.
Step 3 Burn the other card with the desired version MFA or above firmware. Follow the standard firmware upgrade procedure for downloading and burning the firmware into the cards.
Step 4 If BCC SWSW version is 9.1.18 and dspnovram shows 0 or 4 for Number of Channel Stats, go directly to MFC or above versions from MCC.
For APS (1+1) MEx or MFA image versions are not to be treated as compatible with MFx (minus MFA) image versions. During an upgrade procedure from MEx or MFA image to MFx (minus MFA) image, both cards must be upgraded to the MFx (minus MFA) image with minimal interval between them.
The incompatibility is due to APS intercard messages from one end not being recognized by the other end. See bug CSCdu67053 for the symptoms caused by this incompatibility.
Intra-MFx (minus MFA) and intra-MEx upgrades are compatible.
Channel Statistics Issues
While upgrading from firmware, on OC3, 1 port OC12 BXM cards, if stats level on BXM is greater than 1, use one of the following upgrade procedures listed below.
Upgrade from firmware revision MEA or higher.
Step 1 Upgrade SWSW to 9.2.30 or higher.
Step 2 Upgrade the firmware to MFW.
Upgrade from firmware revision lower than MEA. This procedure avoids card mismatch.
Step 1 Upgrade firmware to MEC.
Step 2 Upgrade the SWSW to 9.2.30 or higher revision.
Step 3 Upgrade the firmware to MFW.
A firmware burn must not be interrupted. A card reset in the middle of burn firmware results in the BXM being maintained in the core state (identified by blinking yellow LED) or failed state (identified by a solid red LED). In this case the dspcds screen reports the card as FAILED. This state can be recovered by reburning the firmware into the card.
Features Obsoleted
The following features have been obsoleted:
1. VSI 1.0 is obsoleted by VSI 2.2 in the MDA release onwards.
2. From versions MFJ to MFN channel statistics level 0 is no longer supported for BXM-155-4, BXM-155-8, BXM-622, BXM-622-2, BXM-T3-8, BXM-T3-12, BXM-E3-8, BXM-E3-12 models. In MFN onwards conditional support for stats level 0 is revoked. See the Notes, Cautions & Clarifications section point 13 for more details.
3. In all other models channel statistics level 0 is supported by all firmware versions (BXM-155-8DX, BXM-155-8D, BXM-155-4DX, BXM-155-4D, BXM-622-2DX, BXM-622-2D, BXM-622-DX, BXM-T3-12EX, BXM-T3-12E, BXM-T3-8E, BXM-E3-12EX, BXM-E3-12E, BXM-E3-8E).
Notes, Cautions & Clarifications
1. BXM Model F firmware is intended for use with 9.3 switch software. BXM Model F firmware may be used to upgrade BXMs during the upgrade process from SWSW Release 9.2 to 9.3. BXM Model F firmware has not been tested for compatibility with SWSW Releases 8.4, 8.5, and 9.1. It is compatible with IOS version 12.05t2 or greater for MPLS.
2. M.F.E is a not on CCO as it is an SES specific release.
3. Protection Switching based on BER on BXM may not comply to standards. The GR-253 and ITU-T G.783 requires that switching be completed within 60 msec from the time the error starts. BXM is unable to detect BER threshold crossing until the next poll, which occurs every 250 msec. Thus, switching time may be up to 250 msec under certain circumstances.
4. In APS 1+1 default configuration, both back card LEDs show green when primary card is active and selection is from PROT line. When primary card is active and it is selecting from PROT, PROT backcard should be green, since it is carrying traffic. WORK backcard should also be green since that is the physical path for the primary (and active) card to pass traffic. Backcard LED green means the backcard is directly or indirectly carrying traffic, and pulling the backcard causes traffic disruption (CSCdm53430).
5. In APS 1+1 default configuration and a manual W->P is on and a switchyred is issued, a manual W->P event is logged. By default, on switchyred the new active card comes up in "clear" state. But in this case since there is a manual W->P on, the APS line switches to PROT and the switching is logged (CSCdm53404).
6. In APS 1+1 default configuration if the selected line is PROT and last user request is clear and a switchyred is issued, line switches to WORK. If the last user request is "clear", full automatic APS switching is in effect with the working line being active by default. When there is no last user switch request to switch to any particular line, the working line becomes active. (CSCdm53420)
7. When APS Annex B is added to local end which has the secondary card active, the APS trunk goes into Comm Failure for few seconds and then clears. If the secondary card is active, do a switchyred to make the primary card active. Then, add APS Annex B (CSCdm46359).
8. MFK and above versions support LCN CAC for Class of Services. The controller reserves some LCNs for control VC as default. These reserved LCNs cannot be used by any Class of Service in MFT. If all the LCNs for the partition have been used in a version earlier than MFK after the MFT version is updated in the switch, some connections may not be added. These connections try to use LCNs reserved for control VC which is not allowed. Configure more LCNs for the partition to make sure enough LCNs exist for all the connections.
9. The OC-3 MultiMode Fiber backcards do not support Y-cable redundancy.
10. APS 1:1 is not supported for VSI in versions before MFE. (Bug CSCdp42996) APS 1:1 should not be configured on ports intended to be used by PNNI or MPLS as after switchover traffic flow is stalled on the protection line for releases before MFE. However, in MFE and above, this problem is fixed.
11. Total bandwidth allocated to all VSI partitions on a BXM should not be more that OC12 rate, 1412832 cps. BCC SWSW allows users to configure more than OC12 rate, in which case all the PNNI connection commit requests are NACKed by BXM.
12. In firmware versions prior to MFF signaling bandwidth for an SES controller was not guaranteed. In MFF and above the signaling Qbin feature has been added (with SWSW 9.3.10 and above and SES image 1.0.10 and above) to guarantee signaling bandwidth.
13. Statistics level 0 for legacy BXM cards was obsoleted in Model F releases until MFN. However, in version MFP and above conditional support statistics level 0 for legacy cards is revoked. Statistics level 0 is not supported if VSI configurations exist on the card.
If a card was configured with statistics level 0 with VSI enabled in a previous release of firmware (Model C or E), upgrading to MFP or above revisions causes a mismatch on legacy cards. To avoid impacting VSI operations, reconfigure the card to statistics level 1 or above before upgrading.
Note BXME (enhanced cards) support all statistics levels unconditionally with all valid
configurations, models, and releases.
14. Starting with MFP through this release of MFW, changes to the alarm handling have been implemented. Excessive BIP-8 error rates (10-3) which escalate into unavailable seconds (UAS) now report to SWSW as red alarms. Therefore, SWSW fails these connections and initiates trunk rerouting.
Note This feature is not active when APS is configured and enabled. However, an exposure might
occur in configurations where APS is not enabled, on alternate trunk routes that do not exist, or
on UNI ports. Because this feature is not configurable users who do not want this behavior
should not upgrade to MFP through MFW. Instead, Users should wait for a subsequent SWSW
BXM FW release in which this feature can be turned on and off (default is off) via CLI.
Known Anomalies
The following table lists the known anomalies for the BXM firmware.
Bug ID
Description
Apply to SES
CSCdw16017
Symptom: Traffic is only seen on the ingress of the master and slave nodes.
Condition: This problem is triggered by a network condition that causes the VPC to reroute. VPC experiencing this problem have been ABRSTD with VSVD enabled one megabits or larger VPC connections.
Workaround: Uping and downing the connection clears the problem.
No
CSCdx28781
Symptom: When inserting BIP-8 from an ADTECH test set into a OC-3 or OC-12, it is failing all connections and sending an AIS back to the test set. The proper response is only to send a FEBE back to the test set disconnected and reconnected to BXM with MEE.
Condition: Tested with 9.3.4P and MF14 (BETA TB) and results are the same as MFP.
Workaround: Unknown
No
CSCdx52484
Symptom: CBR traffic got dropped on ENNI link on BPX side where there is congestion.
Condition: resetcd of BXM can solve the problem.
Workaround: Unknown.
No
CSCdx72292
Symptom: BPX not allowing SES to cross-commit SPVCs
Conditions: SWSW 9.3.40 and BXM FW MF17 with 12000 SPVCs routed between two BPX/SES nodes only half are routed the rest are NACK'ed.
Workaround: There are two ways to work around:
1. When the sum of the policy parameter (% of the partition minimum bandwidth reserved for each service of class) is reaching 100% (PNNI partition only), provide at least 20 cells of common pool using cnfrsrc command.
For example:
the max bandwidth of partition 1 is X
and min bandwidth of partition 1 is Y
the max bandwidth of partition 2 is W
and min bandwidth of partition 2 is Z
Make sure that max (X, W, Y+Z) should be greater than Y+Z+20. Here, the total bandwidth allocated to that interface = max (X,W,Y+Z), the common pool for that interface = max (X, W, Y+Z) - (Y + Z).
2. When the common pool resulted from the cnfrsrc is zero, try to reduce the sum of the policy parameter (% of partition minimum bandwidth for each class of service) to less than 100% for PNNI partition.
Yes
CSCdy16927
Symptom: BXM LMI clears Abit alarms on SPVC feeder after switchcc or switchyred.
1. The connection segment in the BPX/SES network is down.
2. The corresponding segment in the SPVC feeder is in Abit alarm.
3. After a switchcc or a BXM switchyred on BPX1, the BXM LMI session at "**" tells SPVC feeder1 to clear the Abit alarm on the segment corresponding to the downed VSI connection in the BPX/SES network.
1. 1:1 APS with Bi-Dir configured; remote is AXSM/B.
2. Manual switchaps W->PLine from AXSM/B.
3. Forced switchaps P->WLine from BXM.
Workaround: None.
CSCdx45385
Symptom: BXM did not update SES with the latest available cos level LCN when there is cnfrsrc LCN resources (LCN) change on this partition (part_min_lcn, part_max_lcn).
Conditions:
1. A PNNI partition has been configured with some connections up. dsppnportrsrc reports the correct available lcn for each cos level.
2. Do cnfrsrc on this partition, to change the min_lcn and max_lcn at partition level. The available lcn at cos level in SES dose not get updated.
Workaround: Add a con or down a con to trigger the update.
CSCdx55794
Symptom: BXM incorrectly sends back LMI version 4 to IGX AAL5 feeder, while it does not support LMI version 4.
Conditions:
1. IGX AAL5 feeder is added to a BXM feeder trunk in the BPX.
2. IGX feeder LMI is running LMI version 4, and talk to BXM LMI.
Conditions: BXM running MFU firmware. Found in lab environment but likely to also be found in a live network if these trunk parm values are used and the trunk passes over another medium such as a TDAX or SDH backbone.
Workaround: Set cnftrkparm 9 2500/10000 which is the default for STM1. Do not use the values 2500/15000 for cnftrkparm 9. Tests have yet to show if this would effect other values but default settings have been confirmed problem free.
CSCdx59080
Symptom: Customer is performing tests of MFU firmware prior to deployment in live network and has found that when a BXM trunk is configured for loop clock yes at both ends it remains in a "Looped Back" state when the BXM is reset by command "resetcd ? h".
Conditions: BXME trunk needs to be configured for loop clock yes and the BXM card be reset. Tests showed that causing a LOS or resetting the card again would not recover the trunk.
Workaround: Issue cnftrk and change none of the parameters by stepping through them.
CSCdy01870
Symptom: SIMBA reset card errors logged due to PRFD Pending Errors
Conditions: BXM image MEE and SWSW image 9.3.00
Workaround: None.
CSCdy01951
Symptom: Unnecessary alarms are triggered when BXM sends slot errors to SWSW.
Conditions: The FW adds all slot errors before sending them to BCC. There are situations when the number of traffic related slot errors will trigger unnecessary alarms on SWSW. These alarms will be suppressed.
Workaround: None.
CSCdy05515
Symptom: Current BXM firmware only support a few stats counters. In order to enhance customer operation and maintenance capability, a few new stats counters have been added. The detail description about the new created stats and associated CLI cmd and MIB can be found in the latest VSI document. See DDTS case CSCdy05597 (SES and Mibs).
Conditions: All previous FW do not support the new connection stats.
Conditions: Delete routed SPVC. Then re-add the SPVC with same VPI/VCI values.
Workaround: Problem is fixed in MFW (MF20).
CSCdy75277
Symptom: pnport stuck in down state
Conditions: Configure PNNI trunk between SES and MGX 8850 (PXM45) using automation script PROU001.
Workaround: Unknown.
Anomalies Fixed in MFV
Bug ID
Description
CSCdr55738
Symptom: Switchyred on APS 1+1 trunks is taking longer than 250 msec
Condition: Performed switchyred on APS 1+1 with SWSW 9.3.10 and BXM FW MF17
Workaround: Unknown
CSCds20584
Symptom: BW change by cnftrk command does not change ER stamping BW.
Condition: When the AR ABR STD connection is programmed and the bw of trunk is changed by the cnftrk command. The changed BW does not take effect.
Workaround: Manually reset the card.
CSCdu09831
Symptom: APS fails when working backcard (active or standby) is removed from chassis when working front card is active.
Conditions: The working front card has to be the active card when working backcard is removed. This occurs when APS 1+1 ITUT non-revertive bi-directional configuration SWSW 9.2.34BXM fw MFJ.
Workaround: In operational situations always have the protecting front card and protecting backcard as active. Any failures will then switch ok and either backcard can be swapped while protecting front card is active.
CSCdv86732
Symptom: Incorrect values for Path Unavailable Seconds statistics are displayed under dspplyslnstathist. The displayed counts maybe higher than expected. For example, over a 900 second period, 910 Path UAS counts may be displayed.
While Path UAS stats are referred to specifically, other duration statistic counts could be affected as well.
Conditions: The problem occurs under the following conditions:
BXM line or trunk
The line or trunk is in major alarm (e.g. LOS, AIS, YEL)
Statistics are collected on the line or trunk to report the duration of the alarm condition (e.g. UAS).
The automatic trunk/line loopback test is disabled using the cnffunc command.
Workaround: None
CSCdw06552
Symptom: Conns should stop passing traffic when dnpnport on UNI port on SES.
Conditions: There were some SPVC connections including double-ended and single-ended SPVC connections between SES and MGX 8850 (PXM45) node.
Both UNI ports were connected to Adtech tester. Executed dnpnport on UNI port on SES, all the connections went to AIS state on MGX 8850 (PXM45) node. Started passing traffic on all those connections, the AIS state was cleared on all the connections, though AIS was still sent out from SES side, but the other end could not distinguish OAM cells from the data traffic.
When pnport is down, the connection on that interface should be programmed to set Inhibit Rx Data or send AIS out the UNI port, and stop passing traffic into the network, so that the other end can interpret OAM cells.
Workaround: Unknown.
CSCdw21798
Symptoms: Forced switchapsln when secondary section has failed is accepted.
Condition: APS AnnexB between MGX 8850 (PXM45) and BPX (OC12), remove Tx and Rx cables on working section 1.
Workaround: Unknown
CSCdw51601
Symptom: dspportstats on BXM shows Rx as Zero even the port has traffic passes in both directions.
Condition: Not every single port has this problem. However we found multiple cards in the customer network have this issue. All the problem ports are T3 ports.
Workaround: None
CSCdw81944
Symptom: APS switch options 4,5,6 should not be allowed on AnnexB protocol.
Conditions: Upon switchapsln options 4, 5, 6.
Workaround: Unknown
CSCdw83849
Symptom: APS 1+1 configured between AXSM/B and BXM running ITU-AnnexB protocol:
APS Lockout request (on BXM) doesn't keep selector position.
Condition: With old ses image and BXM image ses doesn't allow to add connection and cli will reject.
Workaround: Use BXM MFV and related SES image (1.1.79).
CSCdx52531
Symptom: APS standby CD to active but no response to BCC after reset active BXM
Conditions: Enable VSI partition for MPLS and with APS configuration on BXM on BPX
Workaround: Manually reset BXM.
CSCdx69563
Symptom: Continuous 105 and CD errors logged on BXM cause spvc down on SES
Conditions: Configure 100K SPVC on BPX with SES
Workaround: Unknown
CSCdx73291
Symptom: Fatal card error happened on BXM card in slot 9 after doing a full hitless rebuild on node. The card error should be a Non Fatal card error.
Conditions: A full hitless node rebuild was done on a node with many connections. This problem is related to a temporary HDLC queue overflow and should not be a fatal error.
Workaround: Unknown
CSCin03340
Symptom: BXM sends ILMI trap with incorrect number of PVCs
Conditions: The SWSW 9.3.40 feature "configurable number of changes per ILMI trap" needs support from the FW when ILMI is run by the card.
Workaround: Unknown
Anomalies Fixed in MFU
Bug ID
Description
CSCdt90381
Symptom: A small outage (approx 10 msec) occurs on VPCs terminating/originating on BXM.
Condition: This will occur only during hitless rebuild.
Workaround: None
CSCdu21825
Symptom: The WINGZ shows the RX Network stat as zero even when data flows through the network.
Conditions: Occurs only on a BPX-SES Network.
Workaround: The data at the CLI shows the correct statistics, For right now the cli data can be used instead of WINGZ. Or Use MFU or later image.
CSCdu71237
Symptom: BXM card did not automatically switch to standby card
Condition: When Non Fatal Error "0xc000002" occurred on BXM trunk card and the traffic worsened.
Workaround: None
CSCdv31049
Symptom: BXM sets K1 Tx to Force Switch instead of Reverse Request even though remote had already been sending a Force Switch. BXM, however, maintains the correct line.
Condition: Remote end already had a Force Switch to Working line in effect, and local BXM receives a user command to do a Force Switch to the Protection line.
Workaround: Clear the BXM Force switch command.
CSCdv89925
Symptom: ACR is only 10 when VC shaping is enabled for UBR con
Condition: Trunk VC Shaping feature on BXM card is configured between two nodes. UBR connections are routed between the nodes.
Workaround: None
CSCdv77996
Symptom: dspapsln reports wrong info w.r.t. aps when one of the yred cards is out.
Conditions: This bug fix is available in firmware release MFR, but swsw bug fix should be there in order to have the complete solution.
SWSW bug: CSCdw35862 9.3.30 MJ01
Further Problem Description: When one card of aps pair is removed, then reset dspapsln shows lines as ok. Should show card failed or missing.
CSCdw06552
Symptom: Conns should stop passing traffic when dnpnport on UNI port on SES.
Conditions: There were some SPVC connections including double-ended and single-ended SPVC connections between SES and MGX 8850 (PXM45) node. Both UNI ports were connected to Adtech tester. Executed dnpnport on UNI port on SES, all the connections went to AIS state on MGX Release 2 node. Started passing traffic on all those connections, the AIS state was cleared on all the connections, though AIS was still sent out from SES side, but the other end could not distinguish OAM cells from the data traffic.
When pnport is down, the connection on that interface should be programmed to set Inhibit Rx Data or send AIS out the UNI port, and stop passing traffic into the network, so that the other end can interpret OAM cells.
Workaround: None
Note This is a partial fix and relies on a SES DDTS CSCdv48496 for resolution.
CSCdw21798
Symptoms: Forced switch when secondary section has failed is accepted.
Condition: APS AnnexB between MGX 8850 (PXM45) and BPX (OC12), remove Tx and Rx cables on working section 1.
Work around: None
CSCdw25074
Symptom: When inserting 1E-03 errors into the whole frame of STM-4 trunk 3.1 (errors inserted in the direction A to B) BPX A becomes unreachable i.e. cannot telnet to BPX A. VT to A from another BPX times out and there's an HPOV event stating that the link is down to A.
The other nodes in the network remain reachable. BPX node log shows that the BCC has a suspected failure (Which indicates corruption of the BCC self test)a few minutes after inserting the errors into the trunk at B.
Removing the errors from the trunk results in BPX becoming reachable. Same problem seen with the other BCC active. This is consistently reproducible. If reroutes on another trunk (e.g. trk 1.1) are taking place when the errors are being inserted into trk 3.1, the connections (which are pref 'd' onto trk 1.1) remain derouted until the errors are removed from trk 3.1.
Conditions: Errors inserted at 10 -3 in one direction from A to B cause A to go unreachable. Found in lab environment running 9.2.38 with MFN firmware on 155 and 622 optical card types.
Workaround: DNTRK to force a reroute.
CSCdw53395
Symptoms: Traffic disrupted in the via node. No ais is propagated to other master end if slave end port is down.
Conditions: mostly when MGX 8850 (PXM45) is connected to SES.
Workaround: None
CSCdw54957
Symptom: ENNI change EFCI to 0 when receive EFCI =1 from MGX45
Conditions: 9.3.3i MFR
Workaround:
Further Problem Description: When there is a congestion on MGX egress port, MGX 8850 (PXM45) sets EFCI=1 for all SPVCs/xpvcs on that port to the downstream.
CSCdw62999
Symptom: BPX sends a wrong value for K1
Condition: APS interop testing between BPX and AXSM/B OC-3.
Workaround: None
CSCdw63238
Symptom: BXM sends RDI trap to SES which does a dnpnport
Conditions: Config is bxm uni with aps 1+1, SW 9.3.35, FW MFR, SES SW 1.1.71.
Workaround: None
CSCdw75999
Symptom: Dspconstats on an SES CLI for an SPVC connection shows that clp0 discards and clp1 discard counts are interchanged.
Conditions: SES 1.0(14), BXM FW MFR
Discards due to the policing action are reported incorrectly in dspconstats cmd. Discards due to congestion are reported correctly.
Workaround: None
Update BXM FW to MFU or later.
CSCdw88723
Symptom: Say BXM1 is a BME card. BXM2 is normal BXM card running fw image MFC-MFT. Multicast root connection runs from BXM2 to BXM1 and fans out to other connections at BXM1 port 2. We will see high number of ingress cell discards on the root connection at BXM2.
Condition: BXM2 running f/w image between MFC to MFT
Workaround: None. Use firmware image MFU or later on BXM2.
Anomalies Fixed in MFT
Bug ID
Description
CSCdw54957
Symptom: ENNI change EFCI to 0 when receive EFCI =1 from MGX45.
Conditions: SWSW: 9.3.3i, BXM FW: MFR
When there is a congestion on MGX egress port, MGX45 sets EFCI=1 for all SPVC's/xpvc's on that port to the downstream.
Workaround: None
Anomalies Fixed in MFR
Bug ID
Description
CSCdv90721
Symptom: The prevalent symptom is Tx BIP 16 and B-Frame Parity slot errors on BXM-622 or BXM-155 cards. Occasional SIU Phase and Rx BIP 16 errors may also occur on BXM-622 and BXM-155 cards depending on the severity of the problem.
Conditions: Can occur with any version of BXM firmware on BXM-622 or BXM-155 cards. The aggregate cell transfer rate of the BXM card is 1,412,832 cells/second so the problem can occur on BXM-622 or BXM-155 cards even if the load on each line is well below line rate. The problem occurs during oversubscription when multiple high speed cards have traffic destined for a particular card through the switching fabric.
Workaround: To solve the BCC-4 software error 742 problem upgrade switch software to 9.1.22, 9.2.31, 9.3.00 or later.
CSCdw16362
Symptom: The BXM card changed the state from active to empty for a particular slot and failed to communicate with the BCC.
Condition: Switch software was upgraded for the particular BXM and statistics were enabled before the current state. Now the particular slot is in empty state although both front and back cards are present for the slot.
This loop happened because of spvc statistics task. It happens when new spvc_config_stats command comes in the vsi message with more than currently configured stat ids. Due to this the data base will be updated. During this update some flag was not set properly and it leads to a loop.
Workaround: Not known other than the physical removal of the card. Or, use MFR or later images.
CSCdm50659
Symptom: Trunk alarms are not generated when random bit errors are injected onto a trunk using an Adtech Sx14 test set at a rate of 10E-3. There are trunk statistics generated but no trunk alarm because the statistics that cause alarms on do not meet the threshold for MAJOR or MINOR alarms.
Conditions: This was generated in a lab environment with test equipment that was set to inject bit errors randomly through the entire bandwidth. Some HCS errors were generated as well as Path unavailable and Path Farend unavailable.
Workaround: Lowering the alarm threshold for MAJOR and MINORHCS errors can help to generate a trunk alarm. Use the cnflnalm command and modify the Hcserr alarm thresholds to .01 for MAJOR and .0001 for MINOR.
These thresholds are as low as they can be set currently.
CSCdt82384
Symptom: APS trunk built on bxm-155-4d. sf and sd thresholds set to 5 and UNI-direction non-revertive switching with cnfapsln.
Random logic errors inserted into the working pair of the trunk to observe protection switch at sf threshold.
Good switch at 1 in 103 and 105 but when 1 in 104 inserted trunk goes unstable repeatedly switching from working to protection and vice versa.
Trunk continues to toggle until errors removed.
Conditions: BXM-155 enhanced cards using APS card cage and injecting 10^4 error rate into one of the working lines.
Workaround:
Anomalies Fixed in MFP
Bug ID
Description
CSCds47753
Symptoms: Card error will happen in standby "VrmDekConnEndPoint Try to delete".
Condition: When standby syncs up with active, it tries to delete a not existing connection.
Workaround: The card error indicates that there is a invalid try of deleting a non-existing connection. It should not create any problem in existing or new connection.
CSCds75845
Symptom: There is no ER stamping cell generated from BPX in SES environment. Although, CI is set to be off and ER is on by using cnfabrparam, CI cells are still observed where there is congestion.
Condition: When the connection is routed by PNNI (created by using SES controller.)
Workaround: No workaround
CSCdt55356
Symptom: After configured status of all nni links to dwon at SES node svcpop2, then configured all links up. while the 100k SPVC connections are derouting and rerouting. at bxm, slot 11, 12, 13 and 14 are reset by itself.
Condition: MGX nodes p2spvc4 and p2spvc3(via node) both have standalone PXM45-B card.
Initially 100K spvc connections have been established between p2spvc4 and SES node svcpop2 end points.
Workaround: It was found that a deadlock in the firmware code (SC_task and device's driver). In order to solve the problem, mutual-exclusion semaphore is selected for QE, SABRE, SIMBA and RCMP instead of binary semaphore.
CSCdu21842
Symptom: ILMI does not report correct status of the ATM PVCs when Protocol by card is enabled.
Conditions: When a BPX is connected to a router through a BXM card and ILMI Protocol is run by the card.
Workaround: None.
CSCdu04976
Symptom: Around 200 SPVCs stuck in Rx ais after resetting BCC.
Conditions: Resetting the BCC during resync with a SES controller causes this problem as the AIS bit-map is cleared.
PXM: 1.1(50.100)A1
BXM: MF15
SWSW: 9.3.3E
Workaround: Unknown
CSCdu29758
Symptom: After power cycle BXM card send the OAM F4 Segment loopback from ADTECH test equipment to BXM received a different VCI value.
Conditions: The first couple of loopback cells received have incorrect VCI values.
BXM=MFJ, BPX 9.2.31
BXMa-BPX==BPX-BXMb<-> ADTECH (OAM F4Loopback)
Workaround: None
CSCdu63175
Symptom: LOF and Bert_SD alarm uncleared on BXM
Conditions: 1+1 aps with bi-dir on BPX and MGX
Workaround: switchcdred/switchyred on BXM
CSCdu89263
Symptom: When running XLMI on a BXM port which is connected to an AXSM enni port, BXM XLMI sending slot 0 and incorrect port number in the node status msg.BXM XLMI is configured with polling disabled.
Condition: Running XLMI and disable the polling.
Workaround: Enable the polling, then disable it.
CSCdv18519
Symptom: In reading MF* BXM MFM fw release notes, it was discovered the Stats collection level 0 is no longer supported in MFM and beyond. Ie, Stats level 0 supports 32k cons stats level 1 16k cons.
Condition: 9.3.3V
MF21
Workaround: See MFM release notes Stat level 0 no longer supported on Legacy BXM cards.
CSCdv21924
Symptom: By running XLMI, when the NodeStatus message didn't get ack back, it would retry every T396 (polling timer), instead of using the correct T393 timer.
Condition: When XLMI is configured and link/line is down. XLMI NodeStatus retry mechanism kicks in. But a wrong timer T396 was used for retrying interval.
Work around: It won't cause any service interrupting or deteriorating and it won't show up under normal operating condition. If a specific NodeStatus retry interval is really needed, one can configure T396 to that value temporarily before the fix is in.
CSCdv21999
Symptom: BXM sends a port failure VSI msg to the controller after switchyred.
Conditions: Under yred configuration, and running LMI on PNNI port on this card. Switchyred so the standby card become active and the port on standby card from failure state to OK.
Workaround: None
CSCdv32466
Symptom: A enni port is still showing as failed after switchyred when it becomes OK.
Conditions: Yred and APS 1+1 are configured. XLMI is runng on the enni port. On the previous active card, the port was in a fail state. When the failure got recovered very quick during the switchyred, BXM missed the OK report to BCC, so BCC still shows this port as fail state.
SW and FW version: 9.3.30 MF25
Workaround: None
CSCdv43448
Symptom: The command dsppnports shows the port in "LostConnectivity" state.
Condition: Disable ilmi on bpx using cnfvsiif
Work Around: Reset the card. This problem happens only in MFN due to the chkin done in Aug 13 2001. Or use Firmware image newer than MFN.
CSCdv52437
Symptom: Comm Failure after Working line experiences "Remote Yellow"
Conditions: APS 1+1 bidirectional mode GR-253 and ITU After remote experiences LOS on Protection line, the local active Working line will have a Remote Yellow alarm. This alarm eventually causes a Communications failure, and traffic will be rerouted.
Workaround: Use unidirectional mode
CSCdv57400
Symptom: Customer removes commands under ATM interface or tears vc down and up again the router will send two traps to the BXM VSI port but only looks like it is re-acting to the first trap hence the remote router will receive AIS and then transmit RDI. The connection will never come out of this state unless the remote end from the SES is bounced.
Conditions: Must be attached to a PNNI VSI port on the BXM.
Workaround:
1. Switch ILMI off on the port.
2. Disable oam-manage on the routers.
CSCdv58157
Symptom: On BXM switchover, the VSI abr VP falls to MCR.
Condition: BXM FW up to MFN (MF30). Standby BXM should collect this VP abr connection during initial data transfer phase. ie. Standby BXM is inserted later than active card or is reset after connection provisioning. Check with 'rsh slot# sabre GetSabreParams sabre# lcn#' and look for 'Path con' field. Switchover to stdby in this case will cause the problem.
Workaround: Reassert/resync all the connections. Use firmware later than MFN.
CSCdv62493
Symptom: BXM does not send Node status counters to BCC
Conditions: XLMI is running on card
Workaround: None. This is an enhancement.
CSCdv66806
Symptom: Dax conn does not get rerouted if added when slave interface is down; and later when slave interface is brought back up.
Condition: This is applicable only for dax conns on SES - not on MGX2.
Workaround: Delete and re-add the dax conn when the slave interface is up - it will get routed.
CSCdv86166
Symptom: A feeder trk shows UNREACHABLE after switchyred, while it was actually uprunning without any communication problem.
Condition: When running FDR-LMI in a yred pair, the FDR trunk was in a fail state. After switchyred, the FDR trunk changed its state to be OK, however, dspnode still shows this fdr trk was in the UNREASHABLE state.
Workaround: No service impact, though the fdr trk shows as unreachable. To get the correct state, reset the card.
Anomalies Fixed in MFN
Bug ID
Description
CSCds08461
Symptoms: Incorrect operations (SF_LOW sent) after detecting mode mismatch
Conditions: BXM configured as APS 1+1 Bidirectional mode, and is attached to a node configured as 1+1 Unidirectional.
Workaround: Manual administrative intervention to synchronize both nodes to the appropriate mode.
CSCds53524
Symptom: SWLOG error 109 on BPX
Conditions: SWSW 9.3.10, Cards: BXM 155
While adding connections between BPX nodes found a swlog 109
Workaround: Under Investigation
CSCds78285
Symptom: Connections in failed or BuildingVC state.
Conditions: CAC policy was not downloaded to some of the BXMs.
Workaround: None
CSCds91102
Symptom: BXM card interfaces went into provisioning state
Conditions: BXM card was reset and pxm did a resync
Workaround: None
CSCdt35547
Symptom: Cell drops at a cbr connection when a cbr connection and an abr connection are congested at an enni trunk
Conditions: When congestion exists at an enni trunk in a AR/PNNI hybrid network.
Workaround: No workaround
CSCdt38471
Symptoms: The available BXM TCB buffer went down to zero and the card got stuck.
Conditions: This happened in the 100k SPVC devtest setup. The problem can be reproduced by performing switchyred on two BXM redundancy cards.
Workaround: The reasons to cause TCB buffer leakage were found. Furthermore, the holes in the firmware code have been sealed. The fix will be included in the firmware releases MFM or later.
CSCdt41728
Symptoms: Card error VrmRetLcnResources was observed
Conditions: This bug is reproduced in 100K network when port 1.2 of orses7, which is connected to adtech is seeing temporary LOS. This happened when Adtech is power cycling. Also 1.2 is the end point of 6666 routed SPVCs.
Workaround: No workaround
CSCdt53756
Symptom: SES had huge CDV value compared to MGX 8850 R2.
Conditions: Always occurs
Workaround: None
CSCdt55356
Symptom: After configured status of all nni links to dwon at SES node svcpop2, then configured all links up. while the 100k spvc connections are derouting and rerouting. at bxm, slot 11, 12, 13 and 14 are reset by itself.
Conditions: MGX nodes p2spvc4 and p2spvc3(via node) both have standalone PXM45-B card. Initially 100K spvc connections have been established between p2spvc4 and SES node svcpop2 end points.
Workaround: It was found that a deadlock in the firmware code (SC_task and device's driver). In order to solve the problem, mutual-exclusion semaphore is selected for QE, SABRE, SIMBA and RCMP instead of binary semaphore.
CSCdt68427
Symptom: After dellp is done traffic isn't right when VP connection and cnfln VC shaping enable.
Conditions: A dellp was done on a VP with VC shaping enabled.
Workaround: None
CSCdu08104
Symptom: AR connections don't pass traffic or some links be in comm fail condition.
Conditions: The intermediate devtest release for VC-merge project had a problem. On downloading this image would some time bring down the trunk.
Workarounds: There are no known workarounds.
CSCdu12049
Symptom: BXM Card switches on Nortel exercising to test APS Link. This happens everytime test is completed.
Conditions: BXM card is not reacting to K1 bits correctly.
Workaround: There are no known workarounds.
CSCdu20728
Symptom: One end of the trunk experiences unbalanced Rx/Tx high priority cells in dspqbinstats. Any CBR traffic on the trunk will not be seen in the CBR QBIN stats.
Conditions: Unknown
Workaround: None yet.
CSCdu22039
Symptom: F4 F5 Code mapping modifications
Conditions: None
Workaround: None
CSCdu23725
Symptom: Attempt to configure the booking factor on a UNI port failed. Err msg: "ERROR: Switch Response returned Failure".
Conditions: The conditions for the error is unknown since the CAC feature on the UNI port hasn't been studied before and there were many activities such as addcon, cable failure prior the problem detected.
Workaround: Unknown
CSCdu26023
Symptom: When PNNI&MPLS partitions are configured in a interface with no common pool of bandwidth, only one of the partition will be working fine and the other partition will not come up.
Conditions: When PNNI&MPLS is configured in a interface with no common pool of bandwidth, due to the rounding up of the bandwidth for each service type in PNNI by policy parameters, the total bandwidth of a partition, resulted from adding bandwidths of all service types, will go beyond the max bandwidth of both partitions. Because of this, only the first partition will succeed and the other partition will be rejected by cac.
Workaround: Provide at least 20 cells of common pool using cnfrsrc command.
CSCdu29758
Symptom: After power cycle BXM card send the OAM F4 Segment loopback from ADTECH test equipment to BXM received a different VCI value.
Symptom: Although equipment is NOT connected to PROT Line, Standby Line Alarm Status is OK on dspapsln. This symptom appears when CDERR is logged at timing of addapsln.
Conditions: Standby line is not connected to equipment.
Workaround: None
CSCdu48766
Symptom: VI programming on enhanced cards is improper.
Conditions: Virtual Trunks were Dropping all cells
Workaround: None
CSCdu50129
Symptom: While cwm coldstart then down two links with 32K connections at orses2 nodes. cwm can not sync up with orses2 node any more and stuck in mode 2.
Condition: There are 50K spvc dax connections at node orses2.
Workaround: CWM needs to coldstart again.
CSCdu59151
Symptoms: APS commands switchapsln F/M on PXM fails.
Condition: BXM running devtest image MF20 with APS configured as ITU-T Annex A and the remote node is any box that strictly adheres to G.783 Annex A, specifically regarding not sending "mode" bits.
Workaround: Don't use devtest image MF20 for ITUT Annex A.
CSCdu59240
Symptom: Alarms on 1:1 APS BPX side uncleared after 1:1 aps back to Bi-dir on MGX side
Conditions: 1:1 aps with bi-dir on BPX and 1:1 aps with uni-dir on MGX
Workaround: Unknown.
CSCdu62336
Symptom: Code clean-up
Conditions: None
Workaround: Unknown.
CSCdu67053
Symptom: When BXM OC-3 card was downgraded from M.F.21 to M.E.K continuous card errors were being logged.
Condition: M.E.K. FW was burned on the standby card that was configured for Y-Red and had APS 1+1 lines configured with traffic.
Workaround: Use matching firmware versions on YRED pair.
CSCdu75130
Symptom: Active card in the y-red pair continuously Making the connections.
Resource usage in active and standby card differs.
Conditions:
1. Active card up & running
2. Intracard connections between two interfaces on the same BXM.
3. Booking factor less that 100% on above interfaces.
4. Stdby card is inserted at this time.
Workaround: Resetting both the active and sdtby cards at the same time.
CSCdu82229
Symptom: ILMI polling when "Protocol by Card" is configured to "Yes" is inconsistent and unpredictable.
Conditions: When ILMI is running on card and its peer is running version 3.0/3.1, the polling interval timer was set with wrong value, which was the 1/5 of the configured polling interval. For correct behavior, refer to SCM note of this bug.
Workaround: Use OAM instead of ILMI
CSCdu87060
Symptom: pnport on SES goes into building vc state.
Condition: Change the signalling vpi using cnfpnportsig.
Workaround: Reset the bxm card.
CSCdu88418
Symptom:
1. After SwSw upgrade from 9.2.34 -> 9.3.3W, BXME OC-12 card with APS 1+1 setup logged swsw err. 105 and card errs.
2. This problem have been observed several times before.
Conditions: This event happened after SWSW upgrade.
Workaround: Need DE input.
CSCdv08977
Symptom: Unable add PNNI VSI connections on a y-red BXM pair when upgraded from BXM to BXM-E. Standby card not in SYNC with active card. Policy parameters for the first interface/partition on the active card missing.
Condition: BXM FirmWare MFN and before. Any Sw/Sw supporting hot upgrade on BXM. Upgrade procedure is followed to upgrade a y-red pair of BXM from BXM to BXM-E cards. Note that the policy params for the first interface/partition on the active card are messed up. If this interface has booking factor less than 100% then above defect will surface.
Workaround: Resetting both the BXM cards after upgrade. OR -- Use MFN or later BXM FW before upgrade and on enhanced cards.
1. This problem occurs after burning BXM FW MF21 -> MJ04
2. It occurs after switchyred
3. It occurs after rerouting of connections
Workaround: Need a fix from BXM FW DEs
CSCdv30471
Symptoms: Active and Standby card do not sync up in terms on number of connections. VSI yred pair.
Conditions: FW image prior to MFN. When VSI partition 3 is used by controller.
Workaround: Do not use partition 3.
CSCdv30755
Symptom: Traffic discontinuity on SPVC connections on consecutive switch-yreds on BXMs.
Condition: To begin with BXM with UNI interfaces should have de-routed connections which are later routed properly. This can happen during initial provisioning of the SPVCs or on re-routing the conns after trunks (NNI) go down and up.
Two or more consecutive switchovers on the BXMs hosting UNI interfaces (persistent endpoints of SPVCs).
Workarounds:
1. Reroute/resync all the connections and reset the stdby card once active card has all conns.
2. Do no do BXM switchovers more than once.
3. Reset standby card before doing the first switchover.
Anomalies Fixed in MFM
Bug ID
Description
CSCdr16007
Symptom: ILMI trap atmfVccChange returns invalid agent-addr (48.48.48.48), while the correct one shall be (0.0.0.0). "ERROR Invalid agent-addr".
Conditions: The error happens during adding or deleting connections.
Conditions: The error happens during adding or deleting connections.
Workaround: None
CSCds06835
Symptom: Nodes become unreachable if CC traffic traverses to the destination node via a UXM-BXM virtual trunk.
Conditions: CC traffic is passed across virtual trunks.
Workaround: Change the trunk configuration with cnftrk command to restrict CC traffic on virtual trunks.
CSCds74110
Symptom: The second leaky bucket doesn't adhere to the leaky bucket algorithm.
When testing a VBR connection on a BXM-E3 you can burst over the expected value for the connection.
Conditions: A connection can exceed his calculated burst size for a VBR connection.
Workaround: There is no workaround.
CSCds75477
Symptom: When a delay of over 200ms is introduced to a trunk with a Addtech tester, 75% of the time the tstdelay result gives a reading lower than the actual RTD. ie we would expect over 400ms but get 150ms.
Conditions: The tstdelay test reports inaccurate results.
Workaround: None
CSCdt21547
Symptom: There is no command available to clear SPVC statistics on SES controller.
Conditions: SPVC statistics cannot be cleared via SES
Workaround: None
CSCdt36060
Symptom: The tstdelay command intermittently fails.
Conditions: Tstdelay intermittently failed when BPX is configured as a segment endpoint for VCC and VPC established between a MGX abd BPX
Workaround: None
CSCdt43471
Symptom:
1. Card errors of "Non Fatal Error id: 0x12000003"
2. Unknown vpi/vci in dsptrkstats and dspportstats
Conditions: Enhanced BXM cards with 1 port group and supports greater than 32K LCNs.
Workaround: None
CSCdt44670
Symptoms: The available BXM TCB buffer went down to zero and the card got stuck.
Conditions: This happened in the 100k SPVC devtest setup. The problem can be reproduced by performing "switchyred" on two BXM redundancy cards.
Workaround: None
CSCdt45820
Symptom:
1. Card errors of "Non Fatal Error id: 0x12000003"
2. Unknown vpi/vci in dsptrkstats and dspportstats
Conditions: Enhanced BXM cards with 1 port group and supports greater than 32K LCNs.
Workaround: None
CSCdt45966
Symptom: Resync process starts and SPVC connections are re-asserted on BXM switch over.
Condition: Intra-slave (DACS) SPVC connections are conditioned (AIS/Abit generation) due to external factors.
Workaround: None
CSCdt46282
Symptom: On SPVC connection CDVT programmed is not observed when testing.
Conditions: When user tries to set up the CDVT value to less than 10ms due to a bug in the firmware BXM uses the value 250ms.
Workaround: Use values above 10ms.
CSCdt48062
Symptom: Ports remain in "provisioning" state on SES.
Condition: Enabling /disabling the partitions on BXM interfaces (specially on engineering BXM images after MFJ between MF08 to MF12)
Workaround: Do not re-enable the partition after disabling it. BXM need to be reset if re-enabled configuration has to take effect.
CSCdt58185
Symptom: The CESM-E8 dropped cells after 1/2 hrs. (Seeing the clock synchronization problem.
Conditions: When selecting a clock from the trunk or passing the sync along the trunk. BXM-OC3-D or DX (enhanced) card did not behave properly.
Workaround: Use any other type of BXM card except for the BXM-OC3 enhanced.
CSCdt78404
Symptom: 70K SPVCs stuck in Rx side AIS after resetsys/switchcc on PXM overnight.
Conditions: SPVCs stuck in AIS state
Workaround: Reset BXM card.
CSCdt75817
Symptom: Asymmetric ABRSTD connections using VSVD will not ramp up ACR to higher than the lower PCR setting.
Conditions: It happens when an asymmetric ABR connection is added or modified.
Workaround: The problem was identified as incorrect programming SABRE chip and has been fixed in MFM or later FW.
CSCdt80542
Symptom: BXM does guarantee at least mcr value on abr connection on a congested port.
Condition: Traffic was pumped on a congested port having abr conns.
Workaround: Unknown.
CSCdt88482
Symptom: The available TX cell rate is lot smaller than available RX cell rate. The available TX cell rate for signalling is a huge negative number
Condition: 100K spvc connections have been established between MGX and BPX nodes.
Workaround: Reset BXM card
Anomalies Fixed in MFL
Bug ID
Description
CSCds15145
Symptom: Max BW could be configured as less than Min.
Conditions: This might happen as the policy parameter might not be checked for the consistency.
Workaround: Do not configure Max below min.
CSCds06835
Symptom: Nodes become unreachable if CC traffic traverses to the destination node via a UXM-BXM virtual trunk.
Conditions: CC traffic is passed across virtual trunks.
Workaround: Change the trunk configuration with cnftrk command to restrict CC traffic on virtual trunks.
CSCds75221
Symptom: When Issuing the command "dspconstats" for abr or ubr connection it does not report the CLP0 and CLP1 correctly.
Conditions: Statistics for abr and ubr not updated.
Workaround: None
CSCdt38554
Symptom: After executing resetsys on the node(svcpop2) pxm1 cards. there
are two ports stuck in building vc.
Conditions: The node(svcpop2) has 100k routed spvc connections.
Workaround: Unknown
CSCdt45966
Symptom: Checksum calculation is not correct in BXM.
Conditions: Connection conditioning via bulk set cmd.
Workaround: Uppnport/dnpnport on UNI and NNI port and do switchyred to kick resync.
CSCdt48062
Symptom: Port gets stuck in building VC state.
Conditions: Connection admission control.
Workaround: Establish connections of various service type and bandwidth requirements.
Anomalies Fixed in MFK
Bug ID
Description
CSCdt21322
Symptom: BXM load info returned to controller is wrong when maxbw set to 0.
Conditions: Reproducible
Workaround: None.
CSCdp16050
Symptom: maxvc functionality for CAC not working
Conditions: reproducible
Workaround: None.
CSCdt04632
Symptoms: For a vsi partition, the reporting available number of LCN is greater than the maximum number of LCN configured for that partition.
Conditions: When the port group unused LCN is less than the maximum LCN configured for the partition and the unused LCN for the port group plus the LCN that still left from the reserved (min-curr) is greater than the max of the partition.
Conditions: Continually doing switchcc with large amounts of AR/SPVC connections
Workaround: Reset BXM card
CSCds76142
Symptom: BXM card shows standby-failed status
Condition: Download firmware on standby card
Workaround: Reset BXM card.
CSCds65105
Symptom: When pumping the ATM CBR traffic at the rate over = of port line rate (BXM-622), at the egress 'dspchstats' shown the number of cells 'From Network' twice larger than 'To Port'.
Conditions: DAX conn from BXM-622 port 1-2 on the same node with ADTECH generate traffic.
Workaround: None
CSCdr19696
Symptom: User never gets to know when the line is out of SD/SF condition. both the aps lines always show in OK state in dspapsln.
Conditions: APS Line switches to stby line because of SD/SF condition. dspapsln will still show OK for both the lines. This way, user will never get to know when this line has come out of SD/SF condition.
Workaround: Use rsh command to get all the aps line's status.
Anomalies Fixed in MFJ
Bug ID
Description
CSCds61912
Symptom: After downloading new firmware(MF30), card in failed state.
Conditions: Downloading MF30 firmware release.
Workaround: Don't use MF30 which is a development release between MFH and MFJ.
CSCds11506
Symptom: Min guaranteed cell rate shows a cell less than configured.
Conditions: Setting min BW to say 3333334 and policy BW% to 5859
Workaround: Increase the minBW by few cells.
CSCdr19696
Symptom: User never gets to know when the line is out of SD/SF condition. Both the aps lines always show in OK state in dspapsln.
Conditions: APS Line switches to stby line because of SD/SF condition. dspapsln will still show OK for both the lines. This way, user will never get to know when this line has come out of SD/SF condition.
Workaround: Use rsh command to get all the aps line's status.
CSCds32845
Symptom: Connection commits rejected with reason 'no resources even when resources are actually available.
Conditions: Enabling/disabling a virtual trunk.
Workaround: Resetting the BXM after disabling a VT on any interface on the card.
CSCds37237
Symptom: When upgrade BXM firmware image to BXMMFH from images between BXMMFC-BXMMFF, if the network migration flag was enabled in a card before the upgrading, then after burning the new image to the card, the network migration flag becomes disabled mistakenly.
Conditions: The problem only happens to the card whose previous image is BXMMFC-BXMMFF, and the network migration flag was enabled before upgrading, and BXMMFH has to be the new image.
Workaround: Upgrading to image BXMMFH+ (not including BXMMFH), will not have any problem. network migration flag is always enabled, and no user command available any more to disable it.
Only for the situation you need to upgrade image to BXMMFH and your card's previous images is BXMMFC-BXMMFF, you may see the problem. The workaround is, issue either the "rsh <slot> cdcfg network dis" command before the upgrading, or "rsh <slot> cdcfg network ena" after the upgrading, to enable the network migration flag on BXMMFH.
CSCds59710
Symptom: Loss of traffic on a VPC connection added with VPI=0.
Conditions: SWSW: 9.3.10
BXM FW: MFF
The port on which the VPC connection has been added has a VSI ctrlr attached to it and the Ctrlr is usingVPI=0 and VCI=x for its signalling channel.
Workaround: If a VPC connection exists with VPI=0, on the port to which a Ctrlr is to be added, configure the signallingchannel on the controller side to use a VPI other than 0.
CSCds63578
Symptom: SW errors 105 logged on BXM while adding VSI connections. Subsequent card errors saying CB_TASK restarted.
Conditions: This error sometimes happen when a VSI partition is enabled/disabled many times.
Workaround: Reset the BXM.
CSCds65105
Symptom: When pumping the ATM CBR traffic at the rate over = of port line rate (BXM-622), at the egress 'dspchstats' shown the number of cells 'From Network' twice larger than 'To Port'.
Conditions: DAX conn from BXM-622 port 1-2 on the same node with ADTECH generate traffic.
Workaround: None
CSCds67854
Symptom: SPVC cannot be routed over the virtual trunk even when enough bandwidth and lcn are available. Routed connections discard some traffic.
Conditions: Routing connections of different service types over the virtual trunks.
Workaround: None.
CSCds04137
Symptom: Channels remain mismatch after lockout is cleared
Conditions: In ITU-T Annex B protocol for APS, when a condition causes a switch to occur while a lockout request is present, the channel change will not resynchronize even after the lockout is cleared.
Workaround: No
CSCds53645
Symptom: ABR connections (PNNI) not programmed properly for redundant slave.
Conditions: Switchyred. When connection is added, redundant card is not there and inserted at later stage.
When connection is added, no redundant config, addyred at later stage.
Workaround: None
Anomalies Fixed in MFH
Bug ID
Description
CSCds14495
Symptom: Dynamic Partitioning and SPVC AIS generation would not work on a card until a rsh command is issued to enable the network migration flag and reset the card.
Conditions: When a card comes up and has never enabled the network migration flag for life time.This network migration flag is used for enabling dynamic partitioning and SPVC AIS, status report generations. By default, the flag is disabled.
Workaround: Use the "rsh <slot> cdcfg netmig en/dis" command to enable/disable the flag, then reset the card once in a lifetime.
Anomalies Fixed in MFF
Bug ID
Description
CSCds08448
Symptom: ERS (explicit rate stamping) is working only first virtual trunk and NOT for subsequent VTs (standard ABR)
Conditions: When ERS is enabled on a card basis using "cnfabrparm", the mapping is done on a port-by-port basis. The port_vi is used but for virtual trunks, this mapping does not hold true. Need to change the mapping to the physical port.
Workaround: On any physical port, just set up one virtual trunks. Or a physical trunk. Multiple VTs on the same physical port will cause a problem.
CSCdr79610
Symptom: Change booking factor for a class of service, get rejected.
Conditions: When there are some connections established, and some of the class of service have used bandwidth exceeding their reserved, change booking factor for any class of the service may get rejected.
This is because it fails the check which should only be called when cos_min_bw in the policy parameters is changed. This check should not be called when booking factor is changed.
Workaround: Disable that partition, change the booking factor, then enable the partition again. Or keep the used_bw for all cos under teh cos_min_bw, you will be able to change booking factor freely.
CSCdr76334
Symptom: Connect OC3 port on BXM with 7200 router, connect 2 OC3 ports back to back. enable ILMI on router, and ILMI, protocol on card cnfrsrc VSI part 1 disable NebDiscovery on ports.when running cnfnodeparm 56 0|1 and With VSI disabled, peer info is transmitted to peer. delcntrl, and cnfrsrc deleting VSI partition, fails to disable Peer information as well.
Conditions: ilmi_enable_from_contrl bit was not cleared when delctrlr, or vsi partition deleted, thus vsi code kept issuing get requests and responding to peer information.
In AR/VSI hybrid networks, and for backward compatibility either BXMs w/o NebDisc, or swsw versions. Topo traps are not sent to downrev'd swsw versions, and are controllable by sw software for versions including the feature.
Code was added to properly support disabling of VSI functionality using delctrlr or cnfrsrc @ Bcc in addition to existing dnpnport @ the vsi controller. support for backrev'd cards added, and corrections to logic in Ilmi FSM state machine to properly send TopoTrap to BCC.
Workaround: None
CSCdr79936
Symptom: Stats files not generated/missing on some 15 minutes intervals.
Conditions: When system time is changed at 15 minutes boundaries.
Workaround: Minimize system time and card config changes.
CSCdr83144
Symptom: Card error of:
Description: 'N. Fatal from 0x17: 0x25120075 0x809b5f90 0x367e 0x1
Conditions: switchyred, switchcc or reset PXM when there are spvc connections with stats enabled.
Workaround: None
CSCds11484
Symptom: Available cell rate reported by BXM is incorrect.
Conditions: Sum of the minimum bandwidths of all the interfaces on a BXM reaches OC12.
Workaround: Reduce minimum BW on all interfaces by half.
CSCdr89217
Symptom: Software Error Log of 9098
Conditions: cnfrsrc of partition 3 using MEB firmware
Workaround: None
CSCdr89966
Symptom: Card Error of 0x41030006
Conditions: PXM controller is upgraded/re-booted
Workaround: None
CSCdp89085
Symptoms: The total call count becomes negative on the BXM interface. However, this problem has not been reproducible.
Conditions: If this problem happens, the following card error is displayed:
'vsi_rsrc_pfns.c 483 VrmRetLcnResources 3, 16316'
Workaround: A related bug CSCdr86894 which reported an incorrect number of total call counts, has been found to be the result of an uninitialized variable in vsi_rsrc_conn_pfns.c: VrmRsrcClrRCMP().
The debugging information embedded in this function may be helpful in verifying the negative call count problem if it is reproduced.
Anomalies Fixed in MFE
Bug ID
Description
CSCdp05098
Symptom: Cell discards occur for ABRFST/ABRSTD conns when the traffic burst is greater than the MBS
Conditions: This occurs when the traffic burst size is fixed to 140000 cells at 70000 cps. The conn are configured with PCR=72000/72000, MBS=1000/1000 and ICR 7200/7200. This is the expected behavior since the configured MBS < the actual burst size.
Workaround: Increase the MBS and ICR using cnfcon.
CSCdr59731
Symptom: Port 11.1 is connected to 11.2 and ILMI are up and running on both ports. Enable neighbor discovery on 11.1, then 11.2.
The 0x71 responses/traps from BXM fw is not predictable. At least two variations are observed:
1. port 11.2 has it's neighbor's info but port 11.1 doesn't.
2. both port 11.1 and 11.2 only know the IP addresses of their neighbors. The Neighbor's IFName are missing.
Problem was observed in MF17, but code changes in more recent builds had already repaired the problem.
Conditions: When ILMI session restarts, remnants of IfName, IpAddr from previous session left. Clr/reset IfName,IpAddr in MIB, on ILMI session restart In FMSStart, pIlmiProcessFsmStart() calls a new function IlmiClrPeerAndSendTopoTrap(pcb_ptr->session_id)
CSCdr79936
Symptom: Stats files not generated/missing on some 15 minutes intervals.
Conditions: When system time is changed at 15 minutes boundaries.
Workaround: Minimize system time and card config changes.
CSCdm16800
Symptom: Card error 0xc000007 appears in the card error log.
Conditions: This error indicates that an unknown type of cell which is not expected has arrived in the egress QE.
Workaround: Engineering has done in-depth investigation into this case. We are convinced the problem does not affect user traffic or the node in any other way. Therefore, the symptom will not be reported as a card error. The fix has been incorporated into MEE firmware.
CSCdp22930
Symptom: N/A
Conditions: cbus rd/wr operations set up in the PUUMBA chip when performing cbus rcv/xmit.
Workaround: None
CSCdp74680
Symptom: Even if the interface is in LOS, the spvc's do not generate ingress AIS into the network.
Conditions: Connection is added after the interface goes into LOS.
Workaround: None
CSCdr44250
Symptom: Private image did not allow as many OAM cells to flow as public image.
Conditions: This occurred by undoing a hardware fix in a private image.
Workaround: This was never introduced into the Public view and no workaround is required.
CSCdr45986
Symptoms: Standby and active block checksum value do not match and resync happens on switchover.
Conditions: When active card has many spvc connections derouted it happens.
Workaround: None.
CSCdr71473
Symptom: Unreachable BXM, sw errors and cd errors on the BPX.
Conditions: LMI is enabled when controller either slow to respond or un-reachable.
Workaround: Disable LMI.
CSCdp97307
Symptoms: When executed "rsh <slot> vsi cm VsiIs " without parameter. The card will crash.
Conditions: Always.
Workaround: Pull out the card and reinsert.
CSCdr86894
Symptoms: Many ports have VC failure because BXM has no resource to build the CVC.
Conditions: Intermittent
Workaround: Reset BXM card.
CSCdr57712
Symptom: Multi_partition fails to report all virtual trunks.
Conditions: In case of virtual trunks with different partition.
Workaround: Reset the BXM card.
CSCdr77238
Symptom: Switch General Info does not contain bulk set capability bit. With newer images of PXM bulk set will not work with BXM images prior to MFD.
Conditions: PXM Images later than 07/06/2000 contains logic to identify the bulk set capability of the slave. BXM images prior to 07/06/2000 will not have this bit set because it is newly introduced parameter in VSI spec.
Workaround: No workaround. Need to upgrade to MFD.
Anomalies Fixed in MFD
Bug ID
Description
CSCdr29278
Symptom: Originally the card used to get frozen not responding to any request from the controller, as the TCB database was corrupted. But it has been protected now. But whenever a null pointer is being inserted into the TCB list a card error is being flagged. It is a harmless card error (not service affecting)
Conditions: The cause is unknown.
Workaround: None.
CSCdp63445
Symptom: ABR and UBR connections loose traffic when VC shaping is turned on.
Conditions: Enabling of VC shaping on port terminating ABR and UBR connections.
Workaround: Leave VC shaping disabled.
CSCdr30454
Symptom: Connections (LCNs) can not satisfied because of insufficient memory
Conditions: When channel stat level is set to 0
Workaround: Use chan stat level (cnfcdparm) 1, 2 or 3
CSCdr14247
Symptom: The correct state of an SPVC is not reflected in connection bulk traps for large number of connections (> 1000). Sometimes Connection states keep toggling between AIS and CLR state when the conns are actually in AIS state
Conditions: AIS cells generated by the RCMP on different connections arrive too close to each other in the same second. This sudden burst of cells overwhelm the Class of service buffers (QBINs) in the Egress direction and get discarded. This causes remote end of the trunk to detect a loss of AIS cells and declare connection a CLR.
Workaround: None
CSCdr40204
Symptom: Service rate for VBR traffic when WFQ is enabled is at SCR (instead of PCR) even when there is no congestion for enhanced cards (1210 QE & Sabre)
Conditions: For enhanced cards, when WFQ is enabled, the local congestion is monitored at the Egress side by the hardware. In order to do this, a few variables that need to be initialized. There were some problems with the initialization routine, causing inaccurate tracking of the congestion level.
Workaround: None. Has been fixed.
CSCdr42885
Symptom: All the ports on a BXM slave go into provisioning state.
Conditions: Controller looses communication with the BXM. This happens when AAL5 driver in the BXM mal-functions and does not free the message buffers of the application processes (ILMI/VSI etc). Eventually BXM runs out of message buffers.
Workaround: Reset the BXM card.
CSCdr49056
Symptom: Invalid Part id in SPVC stats after controller is added.
Condition: This problem happens when SFM receives the vsi message before adding the controller. This is possible to happen when there is a delay between 52 and 61 message. Since 52 add the control vc it will receive the frame and give it SFM task. But SFM won't have any information for that partition and will report the error saying that invalid partition. Since this is possible to happen as per design, the card is removed now.
CSCdr40234
Symptom: Service rate for UBR traffic when WFQ is enabled much lower than PCR even when there is no congestion for enhanced cards (1210 QE & Sabre)
Conditions: For enhanced cards, when WFQ is enabled, the local congestion is monitored at the Egress side by the hardware. In order to do this, a few variables that need to be initialized. There were some problems with the initialization routine, causing inaccurate tracking of the congestion level.
Workaround: None. Has been fixed.
CSCdr49060
Symptom: When doing a cnfcon for ABR connection, service rate drops to MCR rate even when there is no congestion. This is when WFQ is enabled and the inherent VSVD is not used.
Conditions: There are a certain parameters associated with WFQ that are required in order for WFQ to work. However, for ABR connections, when a cnfcon is done, once it is detected that VSVD is not enabled, the structure (Sabre rate RAM) which holds all these parameters is cleared out. This would cause WFQ not to operate properly.
Workaround: No need. Fix is done.
CSCdr43012
Symptom: All the ports on a BXM slave go into provisioning state.
Conditions: Controller looses communication with the BXM as AAL5 driver in BXM gets stuck.
Workaround: Reset the BXM card.
CSCdr52195
Symptom: All the ports on a BXM slave go into provisioning state.
Conditions: Controller looses communication with the BXM as AAL5 driver in BXM gets stuck.
Workaround: Reset the BXM card.
CSCdr36963
Symptom: When PNNI controller goes down then comes up, it couldn't establish its control call to the BXM partition, thus VC failure is displayed in PNNI controller for that partition.
Conditions: This problem only happens under the following conditions:
1. The policy parameters for the partition have been configured as nonzero at some of the class of service,i.e. the reserved minimum bandwidth of some class of service are nonzero.
2. Delete/disable that partition. BXM suppose to release all resources. However, it only released resources at partition level, but leave the reserved resources at cos level unchanged. As result, when this partition is enabled again, the internal CAC calculation at partition level became negative. That caused the first control call setup request fail.
Workaround: Reset the BXM card will clear the VC failure.
CSCdr33867
Symptom: Connect OC3 port on BXM with 7200 router, enable ILMI on router, and ILMI, protocol on card and Neighbor Discover, Object 0x31, Peer's IfName is not null terminated.
Conditions: Some peer.ifName's are null terminated, some aren't a PDU containing valid nonzero length peer.ifName doesn't always include '\0'; and is stored accordingly in the MIB. added a test if peer.ifName is non-zero in length, and isn't null terminated, concatenate the '\0'char and bump peer.ifNameLen++ count Added logic CbIlmiStatsReport, ilmi_proc.c pIlmiFsmGetResponseEventAtS3, pIlmiFsmGetResponseEventAtS9, ilmi_fsm_evt.c to ensure TopoTrap, and ILMIStats report are correctly formatted.
Workaround: None
CSCdp48306
Symptom: On NNI side, when cross connect is established with VPI>1000 (0x3e8) the first nibble is getting chopped off and traffic is flowing on VPI 0xe8 due to bad programming of connection.
Conditions: This happens if on NNI side VPI > 0xff.
Workaround: None.
CSCdr51875
Symptom: Virtual Trunking causing Unreachability
Conditions: At least two virtual trunks share a common port at one node, but their remote endpoints terminate on different nodes.
The virtual trunks are used to carry networking (rt_op) traffic.
The simplest example follows below:
node_A ---- vtrk ---- /---- vtrk ---- node_C
/
/
node_B
(vtrks share common port)
With this topology, "node_A" sees "node_C" as unreachable and vice-versa; however, "node_A" communicates to "node_B", and "node_B" communicates to "node_C".
Workaround: Customers who are already using VT wraparound should continue to do so under 9.2.3x until the fix is available.
BXM virtual trunking (no VT wraparound) can still be implemented using software release 9.2.2x.
If virtual trunks are not yet in use, the VT wraparound solution can be implemented in release 9.2.3x.
CSCdr57805
Symptom: Card errors show up indicating "CB_TASK is ready"
Conditions: CB_TASK gets busy processing VSI messages and this causes root task to incorrectly assume that CB_TASK is not in a sane state. Actually a firmware change incorrectly reduced the polling interval by the root task such that it was polling the states of tasks sooner than it is supposed to.
Workaround: None. Ignore these card errors as these are benign.
CSCdr56931
Symptom: After resetsys on PXM or bouncing the feeder/control port or reset of BXM card, some virtual trunks go into vc failure/building vc state.
Conditions: Resetting PXM or pulling out the cable connecting the BXM feeder port to the controller or resetting the BXM cause the interface set policy parameters to be sent to the BXM. This cause ingress BW to be recomputed. CB_TASK passes VI numbers 0 to 31 to the CAC module which expects the range 0 to 15. This caused the problem by overindexing the CAC structures.
Workaround: None
CSCdr59241
Symptom: Building VC status on UNI ports after repeated enabling/disabling of partition with the control port
Conditions: Controller does not send policy parameters for control port upon enabling of partition. When disabling partition, COS max bandwidth was zeroed out. With no policy parameters from which to obtain the new values, COS max bandwidth is stuck at zero; thus not allowing ant control to be established.
Workaround: Older PXM image does send policy parameters even for the partition with the control port. Control port does not require policy parameters to be sent from controller. Default it to the max bandwidth configured for the partition.
CSCdr51970
Symptom: Change CAC policy parameters will cause the available BW for some cos to be negative.
Conditions: Current implementation does not validate the CAC policy parameter change. It will always take the value. However, in some cases, improper policy parameters change will cause the avail_bw at cos level go negative. In this particular scenario, the current used bandwidth of a cos is equal to its reserved minimum bandwidth.Then the user changed the policy parameter to make this cos min_bw to smaller number. Now current_used_bw for this cos is greater than its reserved, and it has to obtained bw from the common pool to maintain its currently used bw. However, the user changed the policy parameter again, to increase the reserved bw for another cos, which caused the common pool to be zero.Therefore, by normal calculation, the previous cos avail_bw becomes to negative. Decreasing cos_min_bw to be less than it is currently used_bw is an invalid operation and should get rejected, otherwise it will mess up the CAC.
Workaround: Delete some connections to release bandwidth before decreasing cos minimum bandwidth.
CSCdr66273
Symptom: The encoding is in the reverse of the expected value by UNI4.0 spec.
Conditions: STD ABR connections.
Workaround: No workaround.
Anomalies Fixed in MFC
Bug ID
Description
CSCdp63445
Symptom: ABR and UBR connections loose traffic when VC shaping is turned on.
Conditions: Enabling of VC shaping on port terminating ABR and UBR connections
Workaround: Leave VC shaping disabled.
CSCdr11396
Symptom: Data transfer has affected while running OAM loopback
Conditions: All user data is dropped when send in 960 cps of oam.
Workaround: None
CSCdp11511
Symptom: BPX treats segment oam loopback different from end-to-end oam loopback cells.
Conditions:
Workaround:
CSCdr13208
Symptom: BXM CD errors while running OAM cells.
Conditions: One PVC has 2880 cps of data and 960 cps of oam cells. Another PVC has 2880 cps of data and 960 cps of oam cells.
Workaround: None
CSCdr13196
Symptom: BPX reports SWERR 105.
Conditions: SWERR105 logged while running OAM loopback test
Workaround: None reset the BXM card.
CSCdr13182
Symptom: tstdelay/tstcon/tstconseg for all PVCs on that card will fail.
Conditions: When user sending in >= 960 cps of oam loopback cells
Workaround:
CSCdr13151
Symptom: dspportstats always show Tx port = 0
Conditions: Sending in >= 960 cps of oam loopback cells.
Workaround:
Anomalies Fixed in MFB
Bug ID
Description
CSCdm52254
Symptom: Random BIP-8 errors show up on T3 when running in direct map (HEC) mode. There is no such thing as a BIP-8 error in the direct map mode. But this counter should report 0 in this mode.
Conditions: This is totally random due to the fact that an uninitialized (don't care) counter variable is accumulated in every poll period. This counter is not even read from hardware in the HEC mode.
Workaround: Ignore BIP-8 errors when the T3 trunks are configured in the HEC mode.
CSCdm62817
Symptom: tstconseg command sometimes does not work.
Conditions: Execute tstconseg multiple times with high loop count (10).
Workaround: None
CSCdm84853
Symptom: BW reported via interface load info is erroneous.
Conditions: When Forward & Backward BW for VSI connections is different.
Workaround: None
CSCdm92931
Symptom: APS line switchover occurs upon card removal when lockout is set.
Conditions:
Workaround: None Upgrade to MEF or newer version of firmware.
CSCdp20848
Symptom: SF switchover doesnot occur after dncd/upcd execution on Annex B 1+1 APS.
Conditions: When the dncd command is executed, SWSW sends 0x27 CBUS message. The handler for this message was putting the lines in loopback and shutting down the laser. Also it was changing the line state in SoCdDown() to DOWN state. This caused subsequent upcd (0x05/0x04) message to re-initialize the lines disabling the S/UNI interrupts in the process.
Workaround: None.Upgrade to MEF or newer version of firmware.
CSCdp24224
Symptom: WTR does not occur after LOS recovery on protection line
Conditions: The meaning of primary and secondary channels were changed immediately upon switchover instead of waiting for the expiry of WTR. This caused the clearing of the failure to be accounted against the secondary channel and thus there was no WTR. Fixed by introducing a Preparation switch mode where-in the current active channel will remain as the secondary until a WTR occurs or a primary section mismatch pre-empts that state. At the expiry of WTR, the preparation switch mode is complete and the current active channel becomes the primary.
Workaround: None.Upgrade to MEF or newer version of firmware.
CSCdp25130
Symptom: APS Non-revertive bidirectional feature.
Conditions: Resolved
Workaround: None
CSCdp25220
Symptom: Avail Buffer on BXM = 0 on LVC flapping for xtag interfaces
Conditions: Same as CSCdp58969. During this condition AAL5 driver doesn't release the transmission buffer.
Workaround: None. Upgrade to/MEF or newer versions of firmware
CSCdp28931
Symptom: No RDI-P generated when loss of Cell Delineation occurs.
Conditions:
Workaround:
CSCdp32646
Symptom: WTR Timer does not work and reversion occurs during SF switchover.
Conditions: Added a preparation switch mode where the current active channel is the secondary channel. At the expiry of WTR, the secondary channel is changed to the become the primary channel.
Workaround: None.Upgrade to MEF or newer version of firmware.
CSCdp35156
Symptom: BPX APS reverts back to the working line before WTR time has expired
Conditions: TR was being pre-empted by a spurious SD condition. Fixed by setting the right thresholds for SF/SD based on BER.
Workaround: None.Upgrade to MEF or newer version of firmware.
CSCdp38148
Symptom: Resetcd slot 11 on BPX causes local APS switching.
Conditions: Re-impose the selector and bridge states on both ACTIVE and STANDBY cards after Y-red switchover, re-discover the line states and re-execute and external requests.Also include a STABILITY timer before the line state is processed.
Workaround: None.Upgrade to MEF or newer version of firmware.
CSCdp39723
Symptom: Aps not functioning in 9.2.21 w/FW ME18@sprintf for Bidirectional w/Nonrevertive
Conditions: Reversion was happening due to spurious SF/SD events.Fixed by setting the right values for SF/SD thresholds.
Workaround: None.Upgrade to MEF or newer version of firmware
CSCdp46399
Symptom: Need a documentation explains how to setup port groups for FW MEF (me26).
Conditions:
Workaround: No known workaround.
CSCdp49640
Symptom: When FCES feature enable on BXM NNI data transfer stops.
Conditions: The ABR parameters like NRM,CRM,FRTT,MCR,ICR were not getting programmed when the FCES is turned on using th cnfcon command.Adding the Connection with the FCES enabled behaved properly.
Workaround: None
CSCdp49749
Symptom: Node unreachable after resetting two nodes in the network.
Conditions: When combus message 0x52 is sent down to BXM, we were not handling the case when message says activate the lcn, but delete the vpi-vci pair specified in the command.
Workaround: None.Upgrade to MFB.
CSCdp57596
Symptom: CB_TASK on BXM goes into deadlock state causing VSI session to be lost
Conditions: This happens when both Ingress and Egress qe semaphore is taken by IDLE_TASK and it never released in an error condition.
Workaround: None. Upgrade to MEF or newer versions of firmware.
CSCdp58969
Symptom: cb_get.c CB_VPC_STATUS_POLL SoItcSend Failed upon VSI Failure
Conditions: When VSI receives and transmits lot of vsi message AAL5 drive will get into deadlock problem if it had missed a DMA interrupt.
Workaround: None. Upgrade to MEF or newer version of firmware
CSCdp59328
Symptom: EPD bit was not set for interslave control vc.
Conditions: When vsi get congestion (same as CSCdp58969).
Workaround: None. Upgrade to/MEF or newer versions of firmware.
CSCdp59727
Symptom: Addlnlocrmt causes node unreachable.
Conditions:
Workaround: Reset the BXM card.
CSCdp59729
Symptom: addlnlocrmt causes node unreachable.
Conditions: addlnlocrmtlp causes node unreachable even though there are other parallel trunks.
Workaround: No known workaround.
CSCdp60696
Symptom: Both lines fail when only one line in alarm.
Conditions: After the standby card comes out of reset, its S/UNI states are not reliable for a period of 1.5 seconds and the S/UNI reports LOS clear on the WORK line. This gets conveyed to the active card and then the Manual switch gets priority and becomes the current local request. This causes a switch back to WORK. When the active card's S/UNI monitors the WORK line, it discovers that the line is in LOS and immediately switches back. The oscillations continue and the line goes into LOCKOUT due to excessive switching. In the Lockout mode only the WORK line is active and thus the defect.
Workaround: None.Upgrade to MEF or newer version of firmware.
CSCdp62213
Symptom: Switching from bi-dir to uni-dir mode APS generates APS architecture mismatch error
Conditions: When APS pair is configured from bi-dir mode to uni-dir mode the other side indicates APS architecture mismatch error, and then the other side is also configured from bi-dir mode to uni-dir mode, the APS architecture mismatch error does not clear.
Workaround: Delete APS and then add APS again - it defaults to uni-dir.
CSCdp65320
Symptom: Need a trap when BPX puts APS in lockout
Conditions: Send the traps in the right sequence. First send the Lockout trap and then the failed to switch trap if there is a switch attempt while lockout is in effect.
Workaround: None.Upgrade to MEF or newer version of firmware
CSCdp67673
Symptom: dspapsln does not show ARCH_MIS any more.
Conditions: dspapsln does not show ARCH_MIS when caused for the second time on the same trunk.
Workaround: No known workaround
CSCdp79156
Symptom: TDP signalling cross connect VSI request rejected by BXM
Conditions: If BPX is configured with trunks and virtual trunks the virtual trunks are initialized properly with qbin size.
Workaround: None.Upgrade to MEF or newer version of firmware
CSCdp84386
Symptom: Connectivity w/BXM lost due to missing DMA completion interrupts
Conditions: Aal5 driver will be in deadlock and never transmits and receives.
Workaround: None.Upgrade to MEF or newer version of firmware.
CSCdp86147
Symptom: The removal of Rx cable of APS trunk leading to loss of Frm and Prot Sw Byt Fail.
Conditions: While removing the Rx cable of APS working line (configured to trunk) working line goes to Loss of Frm and dsptrks shows the trunk in alarm. After connecting cable back the APS Alarm status shows "Prot Sw Byt FAIL".
Workaround: None.Upgrade to MEF or newer version of firmware.
CSCdp89972
Symptom: Node rebuild caused 3 BXM cards failed.
Conditions: Moved the allocation and initialization of the Connection database to the SoCoEnterStandby function instead of in the 0x50 handler (SoCdUp).
Workaround: None.Upgrade to MEF or newer version of firmware.
CSCdp92916
Symptom: Commands executed on stdby card affect APS line.
Conditions: Series of commands executed in stdby card affects APS line.
Workaround: None.Upgrade to MEF or newer version of firmware.
Anomalies Fixed in MFA
Bug ID
Description
CSCdk42527
Symptom: Rx Queue becomes full after LOS on the feeder trunk.
Conditions: After LOS condition on the feeder trunk.
Workaround: Reset the feeder trunk.
CSCdk80483
Symptom: TX cell loss counts in dsptrkerrs increase continuously.
Conditions: When there is trunk configured.
Workaround: None.
CSCdk81384
Symptom: BXM slot errors keeps on incrementing on a BCC3 node, but the reading of 'EAP ARFD' should only be interpreted when using the dual receiver feature on a BCC4 node.
Conditions: BXM slot errors on a BCC3 node.
Workaround: None
CSCdm04312
Symptom: The problem is a false failure is declared against the SIMBA Multicast Record RAM.
Conditions: The problem occurs when Self Test is activated against a Y-Redundant pair of BME Cards (BXM-622 cards loaded with the multicast BME firmware) that have more than 1000 connections programmed through them.
Workaround: Disable Self Test via the cnftstparm command.
CSCdm09295
Symptom: Reconfig of FCES from enable to disable does not work, as a result traffic burst is restricted to MCR.
Conditions: Every time changing an existing connection from FCES enable to disable.
Workaround: Delete the connection and add back a new one with FCES disable.
CSCdm09882
Symptom: Log non fatal message related to the RCMP errors.
Conditions: It is mainly seen in the heat chamber.
Workaround: Please make sure the TEST FREQUENCY and TIMEOUT variables under cnftstparm for BXM are set to 4000/3700 level.
CSCdm16505
Symptom: AIS not sent on VP ABRFST/ABRSTD connection.
Conditions: LOS on trunk between 2 nodes.
Workaround: None
CSCdm31923
Symptom: AIS/YEL alarm doesn't go away even after the alarm is clear from the other end.
Conditions: It happens on the E3 when the LOOP TIME parameter is set to YESin the trunk or line configuration.
Workaround: None
CSCdm39186
Symptom: Card fatal error occurred when running in standby mode under the heat condition. As a result, the card reset periodically.
Conditions: Card running in standby mode under heat condition
Workaround: None
CSCdm50659
Symptom: Trunk alarms are not generated when random bit errors are injected onto a trunk using an Adtech Sx14 test set at a rate of 10E-3. There are trunk statistics generated but no trunk alarm because the statistics that cause alarms on do not meet the threshold for MAJOR or MINOR alarms.
Conditions: This was generated in a lab environment with test equipment that was set to inject bit errors randomly through the entire bandwidth. Some HCS errors were generated as well as Path unavailable and Path Farend unavailable.
Workaround: Lowering the alarm threshold for MAJOR and MINOR HCS errors can help to generate a trunk alarm. Use the cnflnalm command and modify the Hcserr alarm thresholds to .01 for MAJOR and .0001 for MINOR. These thresholds are as low as they can be set currently.
CSCdm52585
Symptom: DspVsiPartInfo shows very large Available LCN field.
Conditions: When the sum of min-lcns is greater than the max(max lcns) on a port group.
Workaround: None.
CSCdm53420
Symptom: switchyred causes APS line to switch when last user request is clear.
Conditions: APS 1+1 configuration. The protection line was active and the "last user switch request" was clear. When a switchyred was performed, APS line switched to working line active
Workaround:
CSCdm61493
Symptom: When BIP8 errors are received on an E3 line or trunk at a rate of 10E-3, the line or trunk will not declare any alarm.
Conditions: When high rates of BIP8 errors are received.
Workaround: None.
CSCdm73220
Symptom: Trunks or Virtual Trunks does not allow traffic going through.
Conditions: SWSW 9.1 with ME level of firmware. Trunks or VTs configured on BXM/BXM-E.
Workaround: None
CSCdm81534
Symptom: ICR of abrfst on BXM-155 falls down to MCR after resetcd.
Conditions: Change the ICR after resetcd before start sending traffic.
Workaround: None
CSCdm92916
Symptom: Operational commands (dncd, resetcd, remove) on standby card impact active APS line. When active line is PROT line and a switchover of cards occur, WORK line becomes active line on the newly active cards.
Conditions: APS 1+1 Annex B and PROT is active line. switchyred or resetcd on the active card causes line to switchover from PROT to WORK.
Workaround: None
CSCdm92931
Symptom: APS line switchover occurs upon card removal/insertion when lockout is set
Conditions: When Lockout is set, removing/inserting the card makes it happen.
CSCdm93274
Symptom: OC3 back card LED is wrong after reset/pull cards.
Conditions: Multiple APS lines on a card and perform switchyred when Working line is active and Secondary card is active.
Workaround: None.
CSCdp11025
Symptom: Use the "dspapsln" to get the screen to display apsln status.When the working line is taken out the LOS appears on the working line. When the protection line is taken out both the working and protection display LOS. When the protection line is put back in the LOS/Alarms on the protection should clear. They do not.
Conditions: Physically remove and add the rx or both rx and tx lines as follows:
1. Remove the working line.
2. Remove the protection line.
3. Add the protection line back.
Workaround: None
CSCdp17741
Symptom: 2-portgroup card reports 1 port group at the channel stats level 2 and 3.
Conditions: When channel stats level 2 or 3 are configured on BXm-622-2 port and BXM-155 reports only one port group.
Workaround: Auto Route connections are not affected by this. But for VSI connections there is no work around.
CSCdp18840
Symptom: The CBR.2 Calls do not pass traffic above 50 Cells/second.
Conditions: VSI controller establishes CBR.2 connection and it does not fill in the PCR field.
Workaround: Fill the PCR value also with the CR value.
CSCdp22930
Symptoms: Intlock missing for rd/wr operation
Workaround: Reassert intLock on commbus ISR to prevent SCC access from getting interrupted.
CSCdp31325
Symptom: UBR cells are policed unnecessarily below PCR.
Conditions: Always.
Workaround: None.
CSCdp32853
Symptom: The BXM enhanced cards keep getting reset and card errors are logged and node may go into degraded mode, when command "addapsln slot1.port1 slot2.port2 1" is issued.
Conditions: BXM enhanced OC3 cards with 4 port and FW rel earlier that M.E.22/M.F.09.
Workaround:
1. Do not addapsln on second port onwards for BXM-E OC3 4 port card.
OR
2. Replace the BXM-E 4 port card with 8 ports card.
CSCdp33894
Symptom: Standby APS line shows status as Path AIS upon switchyred or on APS switchover on LOS.
Conditions: switchyred on APS, the prot. line report Path AIS.
Workaround: None. Upgrade to ME26/MED or later versions of BXM firmware.
CSCdp36155
Symptom: BXM-E OC3/OC12 does not show supporting APS HW 1+1 in dspcd command and otherwise also.
Condition: BXM-E OC3/ OC12 card with HW rev < 'C'.
Workaround: None.
CSCdp36324
Symptom: Last user request affects switching on BPX.
Conditions:
Workaround:
Anomalies Fixed in MEC
Bug ID
Description
CSCdm66131
Symptom: After addapsln trunk goes to LOS
Conditions: Both ends have secondary card active, add aps 1+1 to one end, then add aps to the other end, the trunk sometimes goes into LOS.
Workaround:
CSCdm64366
Symptom: APS 1+1 manual switch sometimes does not work after a while after several manual switch and auto switch.
Conditions: Secondary card is active and several manual switch and auto switches are performed.
Workaround:
CSCdm62809
Symptom: APS 1+1 bidirectional non-revertive switches back to working line when line condition clears on working.
Conditions: APS 1+1 configured in bi-direction non-revertive mode.
Working line is in LOS, current active line is protection, clear LOS on working line.
Workaround:
CSCdm69974
Symptom: Card errors (0x25170076) occur when only one Virtual Trunk is configured in a physical port.
Workaround:
CSCdm65813
Symptom: APS switches back o working line incorrectly.
Conditions: Switch sequence W->P, P->W and then W->P, then cause LOS on WORK line and put the cable back, APS switches to Working line.
Workaround:
CSCdm77212
Symptom: When addshelf command is executed, it comes back with a communication breakdown.
Conditions: Channel level stats is set to 0 so that BXM reports wrong max channels.
Workaround:
CSCdm74316
Symptom: Re-adding VSI shelf does not work until a resetcd is executed on the LSC control port.
Conditions: Load information on an interface is 4 bytes more that MAX_VSI_MSG.
The message gets dropped on BXM, so VSI controller is in discovery state forever.
Workaround:
CSCdm75722
Symptom: No control VC after BXM is reset.
Conditions: When resync request comes down from the VSI controller with 19 checksum blocks, the length check done on BXM does not include padding.
Workaround:
CSCdm74968
Symptom: 0B card error causing BXM to reset.
Conditions: Over night jobs running on controller cards.
Workaround:
CSCdp02190
Symptom: tstdelay timed out when going through BNI trunk.
Conditions: More that 12 VTs on an interface causes wrong port-vi mapping while considering STI_SHIFT/NO_SHIFT from 13 th VT/port onwards.
Workaround:
CSCdm78335
Symptom: dspvsistatus rarely shows the VSI programming status as Done.
Conditions: Primary and secondary port has two different VPI range.
Workaround:
CSCdm26752
Symptom: Card errors continuously logged with "SoItcSend failed" message.
Conditions: RAS oam_lpbk is on and switchyred is executed several times in a job.
Workaround:
CSCdm93839
Symptom: Card resets on receiving oam loopback cells at high rate.
Conditions: oamlpbk is enabled with high oam traffic on large number of connections.
Workaround:
CSCdm52254
Symptom: BIP-8 code errs occurs on routing trunks
Conditions: T3 card used in HEC mode can randomly have this problem.
Workaround:
CSCdm44183
Symptom: BXM-155 4DX was not able to recover after resetting the card.
Conditions: Traffic is sent at a rate >= 383 cps on a terminated connection on BXM-E card and then card is reset.
Workaround:
CSCdm90997
Symptom: BXM-E trunk and port stats are always zero in TX direction.
Conditions: Port terminated on BXM-E card or trunk passing through BXM-E card.
Workaround:
CSCdm80991
Symptom: Unable to add 3 segment connections using CM GUI.
Conditions: Feeder connected to BXM card of BPX routing node and for, BXM trunk configuration, ILMI/LMI protocol is enabled as CARD based.
Workaround:
CSCdm82688
Symptom: Traffic Shaping problems with VT with and without rap around solution.
Conditions: Large deviations in CDV values.
Workaround:
CSCdm94372
(See explanation below.)
Symptom: Trunks sometimes drop cbr traffic.
Conditions: If a trunk is configured to full line rate on BXM cards, then traffic is dropped.
Workaround:
CSCdp00063
Symptom: Node unreachability is experienced on VTs (virtual trunks).
Conditions: Multiple VTs are configured on a trunk interface of the BXM/BXM-E.
Workaround: Configure only one VT per trunk interface.
Logic to Calculate Actual Cell Transmission Rate in a BXM card (CSCdm94372):
if (configured cell rate == full line cell rate) then
transmitted cell rate = full line cell rate
else
transmitted cell rate = from equation below or from table 1
For example:
If a trunk is configured at 100,000 CPS, the actual transmitted cell rate is then 98,013 CPS any traffic sent over 98,013 CPS would be discarded.
Only rates in the table or computed from the equation should be used. Otherwise, cell loss may be experienced.
1464865
56552
28832
19348
14559
11670
9738
8355
733860
54458
28278
19097
14416
11579
9674
8308
489558
52513
27744
18852
14277
11488
9611
8261
367288
50703
27231
18614
14139
11399
9549
8215
293888
49013
26736
18381
14005
11311
9487
8169
244938
47432
26258
18154
13872
11225
9426
8124
209966
45950
25798
17933
13743
11140
9366
8079
183733
44558
25353
17717
13616
11056
9307
8035
163327
43247
24923
17506
13491
10974
9248
7992
147001
42012
24508
17300
13368
10892
9190
7948
133642
40845
24106
17099
13248
10812
9133
7906
122509
39741
23717
16902
13129
10733
9077
7863
113088
38695
23341
16710
13013
10656
9021
7822
105012
37703
22976
16522
12899
10579
8966
7780
98013
36761
22623
16339
12787
10503
8912
7739
91889
35864
22280
16159
12677
10429
8858
7699
86485
35010
21947
15983
12568
10355
8805
7659
81681
34196
21625
15812
12462
10283
8753
7619
77383
33419
21311
15643
12357
10212
8701
7580
73515
32676
21007
15479
12254
10141
8650
7541
70014
31966
20711
15318
12153
10072
8599
7502
66833
31286
20423
15160
12053
10003
8549
7464
63927
30634
20143
15005
11955
9936
8500
7427
61264
30009
19871
14853
11859
9869
8451
7389
58814
29409
19606
14705
11764
9803
8403
7352
Anomalies Fixed in MEB
Bug ID
Description
CSCdm50469
Symptom: Software error 105 and mallet card errors happened continuously.
Conditions: When jobs that cause reroutes of connections (e.g. switchcc, hitless rebuild) are run for a long time, sometimes BXM card freezes with malloc card errors and software error 105.
Workaround: None
CSCdm50723
Symptom: After deleting APS, switchyred causes temporary LOS when the other end still has APS.
Conditions: One end has APS 1+1, other end was added with APS 1+1 and line is up between the two ends. Then APS is deleted from one end. The primary card is active on non APS end. On switchyred on the non APS end there is a temporary LOS. If APS was never added to one end, then switchyred does not result in temporary LOS.
Workaround: Instead of deleting APS first and then doing a switchyred, do a switchyred first and then delete APS. This does not result in temporary LOS.
CSCdm63038
Symptom: BXM card fails with breakpoint error.
Conditions: When tx cell rate of a trunk is reduced to zero, BXM card fails with break point error (division by zero).
Workaround: None
Anomalies Fixed in MEA
Bug ID
Description
CSCdm09882
Symptom: Log non fatal message related to RCMP errors.
Conditions: It is mainly seen in the heat chamber.
Workaround: None
CSCdm18186
Symptom: AIS status could be randomly be displayed in dspcon
Conditions: When the connection AIS signal is constantly changing, the dspcon/dspchstats OAM status will not be accurate for all the connections on the card.
Workaround: None
CSCdm26380
Symptom: Software error 9098 occured during switchyred BXM
Conditions: This problem occurs on cards with the APS channels halved option set and then doing a cnfrsrc on a port that belongs to the second port group. Note that this fix will cause a card mismatch on active cards with channel halved option turned on.
Workaround: None
CSCdm31923
Symptom: AIS/YEL alarm doesn't go away even after the alarm is clear from the other end.
Conditions: It happens on the E3 when the LOOP TIME parameter is set to YES in the trunk or line configuration.
Workaround: None
CSCdm37519
Symptom: Trunks go to Communication Fail after burning firmware.
Conditions: When MC10 is burnt into BXM-OC12 with trunks.
Workaround: None
CSCdm37709
Symptom: APS line fails to clear channel mismatch after lockout.
Conditions: Bi-direction APS 1+1. Local end has locked out of protection set. Then WORK cable is pulled out on local end to cause LOS. Lockout is then cleared and then the WORK cable is put back. This causes a channel mismatch on the far end and the mismatch never clears.
Workaround: None
CSCdm38647
Symptom: This bug has been fixed in MEA such that the firmware reports the correct number of port groups. The side effect of this fix is that the Switch Software could mismatch the BXM card. If there is a card mismatch then down all the lines/trunks on the card and up them again.
Conditions: When the user loads the MEA firmware on the BXM card running MDA with APS halved channeled enabled, then the card will come up in mismatched state.
Workaround: None
CSCdm46658
Symptom: switchapsln command does not work for APS AnnexB line.
Conditions: Annex B configuration if hitless rebuild is done when active line is PROT, then switchapsln does not work after hitless rebuild.
Workaround: None
Anomalies Fixed in MDA
Bug ID
Description
CSCdm38647
Symptom: MDA fw may report incorrect number of port-groups when APS channels are set to halved.
Conditions: When user attempts to add all the channels available on the card on one port-group, it may be allowed even though the BXM may not have enough memory to support it. Also, this may cause a mismatch state when MDB firmware is burnt.
Workaround: Down all the line/trunks on the card and up them again.
CSCdm23713
Symptom: VI numbers are not modified by firmware.
Conditions: When one or more trunks are failed in the network, there may be a combreak in the network.
Workaround: Set all the Virtual trunks to restrict CC traffic.
CSCdm23827
Symptom: APS alarm may clear on switchyred.
Conditions: After a switchyred, an existing a LOS/LOF alarm may get cleared. This will only happen when the line has switched to protection before the card switchover is performed.
Workaround: None
CSCdm23752
Symptom: BXM fw does not allow a networking channel on VTs to configured for egress only.
Conditions: BXM fw allowed configuration of networking channel to be bidirectional only.
Workaround: None
Firmware Filenames and Sizes
Filename
Size
BXMMFW.000
65536
BXMMFW.001
65536
BXMMFW.002
65536
BXMMFW.003
65536
BXMMFW.004
65536
BXMMFW.005
65536
BXMMFW.006
65536
BXMMFW.007
65536
BXMMFW.008
65536
BXMMFW.009
65536
BXMMFW.010
65536
BXMMFW.011
65536
BXMMFW.012
65536
BXMMFW.013
65536
BXMMFW.014
65536
BXMMFW.015
65536
BXMMFW.016
65536
BXMMFW.017
65536
BXMMFW.018
65536
BXMMFW.019
65536
BXMMFW.020
65536
BXMMFW.021
65536
BXMMFW.022
65536
BXMMFW.023
65536
BXMMFW.024
65536
BXMMFW.025
45744
BXMMFW.026
14
BXMMFW.027
2
BXMMFW.IMG
784
BXMMFW.img
784
Appendix B UXM ABL Firmware Release Notes
ABL is a new firmware release for the UXM card on IGX. Firmware is the same for UXM and UXM-E cards.
New Features
Flash memory drivers are upgraded to support more flash memory vendors so that more flash manufacturers can be used to source components.
Obsolete Features
None.
Compatibility
Software
ABL firmware is compatible with Switch Software 9.1 and 9.2
Hardware
ABL is compatible with UXM and UXM-E model H/W all models.
Previous Versions of UXM Firmware
On IMA trunks this version is not compatible with UXMs Model B firmware versions ABA to ABD.
On IMA trunks Model B firmware (AB*) is not compatible with model A (AA*) because model B is Standards compliant and model A is not. So IMA trunks must be upgraded together.
Anomalies Fixed in this Release
Bug ID
Description
CSCds08193
Symptom: Although the trunk operates fine, the dspportstats will show the old delay value even though the actual delay on the line is different. IMA trunk statistics will not show the correct delay value when the delay is toggled rapidly.
Condition: Whenever the delay is changed rapidly on one of the links in an IMA group the dspportstats on that trunk is not updated. The errors seen are related to the SX/12 tester operation. No errors are seen when the SX/13 is used.
Workaround: Change the delay with gaps of approximately a minute between changes.
Upgrade Instructions
Upgrade boot code to boot 07 before upgrading to ABL.
Notes and Cautions
This firmware enables flash components from multiple new vendor to be used. Previous versions of firmware cannot write on to these new devices. For new cards with the flash devices from new vendors, firmware cannot be downgraded to versions prior to ABL. If this is attempted, burnfwrev will fail leaving firmware revision ABL in the flash.
Boot Code Requirements
Boot Code revision boot_07 is needed for the ABL release.
Obtaining Documentation
These sections explain how to obtain documentation from Cisco Systems.
World Wide Web
You can access the most current Cisco documentation on the World Wide Web at this URL:
Cisco documentation and additional literature are available in a Cisco Documentation CD-ROM package, which is shipped with your product. The Documentation CD-ROM is updated monthly and may be more current than printed documentation. The CD-ROM package is available as a single unit or through an annual subscription.
Ordering Documentation
You can order Cisco documentation in these ways:
Registered Cisco.com users (Cisco direct customers) can order Cisco product documentation from the Networking Products MarketPlace:
Nonregistered Cisco.com users can order documentation through a local account representative by calling Cisco Systems Corporate Headquarters (California, U.S.A.) at 408 526-7208 or, elsewhere in North America, by calling 800 553-NETS (6387).
Documentation Feedback
You can submit comments electronically on Cisco.com. In the Cisco Documentation home page, click the Fax or Email option in the "Leave Feedback" section at the bottom of the page.
You can e-mail your comments to bug-doc@cisco.com.
You can submit your comments by mail by using the response card behind the front cover of your document or by writing to the following address:
Cisco Systems Attn: Document Resource Connection 170 West Tasman Drive San Jose, CA 95134-9883
We appreciate your comments.
Obtaining Technical Assistance
Cisco provides Cisco.com as a starting point for all technical assistance. Customers and partners can obtain online documentation, troubleshooting tips, and sample configurations from online tools by using the Cisco Technical Assistance Center (TAC) Web Site. Cisco.com registered users have complete access to the technical support resources on the Cisco TAC Web Site.
Cisco.com
Cisco.com is the foundation of a suite of interactive, networked services that provides immediate, open access to Cisco information, networking solutions, services, programs, and resources at any time, from anywhere in the world.
Cisco.com is a highly integrated Internet application and a powerful, easy-to-use tool that provides a broad range of features and services to help you with these tasks:
Streamline business processes and improve productivity
Resolve technical issues with online support
Download and test software packages
Order Cisco learning materials and merchandise
Register for online skill assessment, training, and certification programs
If you want to obtain customized information and service, you can self-register on Cisco.com. To access Cisco.com, go to this URL:
The Cisco Technical Assistance Center (TAC) is available to all customers who need technical assistance with a Cisco product, technology, or solution. Two levels of support are available: the Cisco TAC Web Site and the Cisco TAC Escalation Center.
Cisco TAC inquiries are categorized according to the urgency of the issue:
Priority level 4 (P4)—You need information or assistance concerning Cisco product capabilities, product installation, or basic product configuration.
Priority level 3 (P3)—Your network performance is degraded. Network functionality is noticeably impaired, but most business operations continue.
Priority level 2 (P2)—Your production network is severely degraded, affecting significant aspects of business operations. No workaround is available.
Priority level 1 (P1)—Your production network is down, and a critical impact to business operations will occur if service is not restored quickly. No workaround is available.
The Cisco TAC resource that you choose is based on the priority of the problem and the conditions of service contracts, when applicable.
Cisco TAC Web Site
You can use the Cisco TAC Web Site to resolve P3 and P4 issues yourself, saving both cost and time. The site provides around-the-clock access to online tools, knowledge bases, and software. To access the Cisco TAC Web Site, go to this URL:
All customers, partners, and resellers who have a valid Cisco service contract have complete access to the technical support resources on the Cisco TAC Web Site. The Cisco TAC Web Site requires a Cisco.com login ID and password. If you have a valid service contract but do not have a login ID or password, go to this URL to register:
If you are a Cisco.com registered user, and you cannot resolve your technical issues by using the Cisco TAC Web Site, you can open a case online by using the TAC Case Open tool at this URL:
If you have Internet access, we recommend that you open P3 and P4 cases through the Cisco TAC Web Site.
Cisco TAC Escalation Center
The Cisco TAC Escalation Center addresses priority level 1 or priority level 2 issues. These classifications are assigned when severe network degradation significantly impacts business operations. When you contact the TAC Escalation Center with a P1 or P2 problem, a Cisco TAC engineer automatically opens a case.
To obtain a directory of toll-free Cisco TAC telephone numbers for your country, go to this URL:
Before calling, please check with your network operations center to determine the level of Cisco support services to which your company is entitled: for example, SMARTnet, SMARTnet Onsite, or Network Supported Accounts (NSA). When you call the center, please have available your service agreement number and your product serial number.
CCIP, the Cisco Arrow logo, the Cisco Powered Network mark, the Cisco Systems Verified logo, Cisco Unity, Follow Me Browsing, FormShare, iQ Breakthrough, iQ Expertise, iQ FastTrack, the iQ Logo, iQ Net Readiness Scorecard, Networking Academy, ScriptShare, SMARTnet, TransPath, and Voice LAN are trademarks of Cisco Systems, Inc.; Changing the Way We Work, Live, Play, and Learn, Discover All That's Possible, The Fastest Way to Increase Your Internet Quotient, and iQuick Study are service marks of Cisco Systems, Inc.; and Aironet, ASIST, BPX, Catalyst, CCDA, CCDP, CCIE, CCNA, CCNP, Cisco, the Cisco Certified Internetwork Expert logo, Cisco IOS, the Cisco IOS logo, Cisco Press, Cisco Systems, Cisco Systems Capital, the Cisco Systems logo, Empowering the Internet Generation, Enterprise/Solver, EtherChannel, EtherSwitch, Fast Step, GigaStack, Internet Quotient, IOS, IP/TV, LightStream, MGX, MICA, the Networkers logo, Network Registrar, Packet, PIX, Post-Routing, Pre-Routing, RateMUX, Registrar, SlideCast, StrataView Plus, Stratm, SwitchProbe, TeleRouter, and VCO are registered trademarks of Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates in the U.S. and certain other countries.
All other trademarks mentioned in this document or Web site are the property of their respective owners. The use of the word partner does not imply a partnership relationship between Cisco and any other company. (0208R)